<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Codesuser</id>
	<title>Reference Codes Japanese CC - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Codesuser"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php/Special:Contributions/Codesuser"/>
	<updated>2026-05-01T12:30:49Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter04_Title05&amp;diff=252</id>
		<title>Book1 Chapter04 Title05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter04_Title05&amp;diff=252"/>
		<updated>2025-05-07T14:50:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: /* Article 135. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IV. Juristic Acts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Conditions and Limitation of Time. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第127条|Article 127.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Juristic acts subject to a condition precedent take effect on fulfilment of the condition.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Juristic acts subject to a condition subsequent lose their effects on fulfilment of the condition.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the parties concerned have expressed an intention that the effect of the fulfilment of the condition shall become operative as from previous to the fulfilment, such intention is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第128条|Article 128.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Each party to a juristic act subject to a condition must not, while the condition is pending, do anything calculated to impair or injure the advantages which the other party is to derive from the fulfilment of the said condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 129 and 535; German Civil Code Art. 160.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第129条|Article 129.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The rights and obligations (duties) of the parties concerned can during the pendency of the condition, be disposed of, inherited, preserved (protected), or secured in accordance with the general provisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 166 and 423.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第130条|Article 130.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If the party to whose disadvantage the fulfilment of the condition would operate has intentionally prevented fulfilment of the condition, the other party may deem the condition as having been fulfilled.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide German Civil Code Art. 162.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第131条|Article 131.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the condition has been already fulfilled at the time of doing a juristic act, the said act is deemed to be unconditionally valid if the condition is precedent, and void if the condition is subsequent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case the non-fulfilment of the condition is certain at the time of doing the juristic act, such act is deemed to be null and void if the condition is precedent and unconditionally valid if the condition is subsequent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In the cases of the preceding two paragraphs the provisions of Arts. 128 and 129 apply correspondingly so long as the parties concerned do not know of the fulfilment of the condition or of the impossibility of fulfilment.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第132条|Article 132.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A juristic act subject to an unlawful condition is void. The same applies to one the condition of which consists of not doing an unlawful act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 90.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第133条|Article 133.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A juristic act subject to an impossible condition precedent is void.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A juristic act subject to an impossible condition subsequent is deemed to be an unconditional act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 308 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第134条|Article 134.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A juristic act subject to a condition precedent is void if the condition depends entirely upon the will of the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第135条|Article 135.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a date (time) of commencement is annexed to a juristic act, the performance thereof cannot be demanded until the arrival of the date (time) provided.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a date (time) of ending is annexed to a juristic act the effect of such act is extinguished upon the arrival of the said date (time).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 138, 422 and 573; also Art. 163 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第136条|Article 136.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A time of commencement and ending is presumed to be fixed for the benefit of the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The benefit of a time of commencement and ending may be renounced (waived) but the interest of the other party may not be injured thereby.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 271 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章05節#第137条|Article 137.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In any of the following cases the debtor cannot assert the benefit of a time of commencement and ending: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) When the debtor is declared bankrupt;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) When the debtor has destroyed or decreased the security;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) When the debtor has not given security in case he was under obligation to furnish it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Paragraph 2 of Art. 166; also Art. 137 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter04_Title02&amp;diff=251</id>
		<title>Book1 Chapter04 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter04_Title02&amp;diff=251"/>
		<updated>2025-05-06T07:09:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: /* Article 98. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IV. Juristic Acts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Expression of Intention. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第93条|Article 93.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The validity of an expression of intention is not affected on account of the person expressing intention having made it knowing that it was not his true intention. Such an expression of intention is however null and void when the other party knew, or ought to have known, his true intention.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第94条|Article 94.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A fictitious expression of intention made by one of the parties in collusion with the other party is invalid.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The invalidity of the expression of intention mentioned in the preceding paragraph cannot be set up against a third person acting in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference ride Arts. 119 and 708.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第95条|Article 95.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An expression of intention is invalid when there is a mistake in the essential element of the juristic act. But when there is serious fault (culpable negligence) on the part of the person expressing intention he himself cannot assert such invalidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 119.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第96条|Article 96.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An expression of intention made as the result of fraud or compulsion can be annulled.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When, with regard to an expression of intention to a certain person, a third person has committed a fraud, such expression of intention can only be annulled when the other party was cognizant of the fact.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The nullification (avoidance) of an expression of intention owing to fraud cannot be set up against a third person acting in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 120 et seq.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第97条|Article 97.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An expression of intention made to a person at a distance takes effect when the notification thereof reaches the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Even though the person expressing intention dies or loses capacity subsequent to the despatch of the notification the validity of the expression of intention is not affected thereby.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 428, 525, 526, and 529 et seq.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編04章02節#第98条|Article 98.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the other party to an expression of intention was a minor or an incompetent (interdicted) person when he received it, such expression cannot be set up against him until after his legal representative has cognizance thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=250</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=250"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:08:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. Persons. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter01 Title01|Title I. Enjoyment of Private Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 1 – 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter01 Title02|Title II. Capacity.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 3 – 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter01 Title03|Title III. Domicile.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 21 – 24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter01 Title04|Title IV. Disappearance.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 25 – 32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Juridical Persons. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter02 Title01|Title I. Creation of Juridical Persons.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 33 – 51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter02 Title02|Title II. Management of Juridical Persons.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 52 – 67.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter02 Title03|Title III. Dissolution of a Juridical Person.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 68 – 83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter02 Title04|Title IV. Penalties.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Art. 84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book1 Chapter03|Chapter III. Things.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 85 – 89.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IV. Juristic Acts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter04 Title01|Title I. General Provisions.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 90 – 92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter04 Title02|Title II. Expression of Intention.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 93 – 98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter04 Title03|Title III. Representation.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 99 – 118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter04 Title04|Title IV. Void and Voidable Acts.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 119 – 126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter04 Title05|Title V. Conditions and Limitation of Time.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 127 – 137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book1 Chapter05|Chapter V. Period of Time.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 138 – 143.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VI. Prescription. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter06 Title01|Title I. General Provisions.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 144 – 161.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter06 Title02|Title II. Acquisitive Prescription.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 162 – 165.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book1 Chapter06 Title03|Title III. Extinctive Prescription.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arts. 166 – 174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book2 Chapter01|Chapter I. General Provisions.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 175 – 179.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Possessory Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter02 Title01|Title I. Acquisition of Possessory Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 180 – 187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter02 Title02|Title II. Validity of Possessory Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 188 – 202.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter02 Title03|Title III. Extinction of Possessory Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 203 – 204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter02 Title04|Title IV. Quasi-Possession.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Art. 205.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter III. Ownership. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter03 Title01|Title I. Extent of Ownership.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 206 – 238.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter03 Title02|Title II. Acquisition of Ownership.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 239 – 248.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter03 Title03|Title III. Joint Ownership.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 249 – 264.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book2 Chapter04|Chapter IV. Superficies.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 265 – 269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book2 Chapter05|Chapter V. Emphyteusis.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 270 – 279.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book2 Chapter06|Chapter VI. Servitudes.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 280 – 294.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book2 Chapter07|Chapter VII. Liens.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 295 – 302.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title01|Title I. General Provisions.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 303 – 305.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Classes of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part01|Part I. General Preferential Rights.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 306 – 310.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part02|Part II. Preferential Rights in Movables.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 311 – 324.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part03|Part III. Preferential Rights in Immovables.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 325 – 328.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title03|Title III. Ranks of Preferential Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 329 – 332.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter08 Title04|Title IV. Effect of Preferential Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 333 – 341.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IX. Pledge (PIGNUS). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter09 Title01|Title I. General Provisions.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 342 – 351.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter09 Title02|Title II. Pledges of Movables.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 352 – 355.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter09 Title03|Title III. Pledges of Immovables.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 356 – 361.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter09 Title04|Title IV. Pledges of Rights.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 362 – 368.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter X. Mortgages (HYPOTHECA). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter10 Title01|Title I. General Provisions.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 369 – 372.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter10 Title02|Title II. Effect of Mortgage.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 373 – 395.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book2 Chapter10 Title03|Title III. Extinction of Mortgages.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 396 – 398.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title01|Title I. Subjects of Obligations.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 399 – 411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title02|Title II. Effect of Obligations.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 412 – 426.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Obligations with a Plurality of Parties. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part01|Part. I. General Provisions.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Art. 427.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part02|Part II. Indivisible Obligations.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 428 – 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part03|Part III. Joint Obligations.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 432 – 445.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part04|Part IV. Suretyship.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 446 – 465.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title04|Title IV. Assignment of Obligations.]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 466 – 473.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part01|Part I. Performance.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 474 – 504.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part02|Part II. Set-off (Compensatio).]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 505 – 512.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part03|Part III. Novation (Novatio).]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 513 – 518.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part04|Part IV. Remission (Release).]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Art. 519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part05|Part V. Confusion (Confusio).]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Art. 520.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Contracts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part01|Part I. Formation of a Contract.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 521 – 522.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part02|Part II. Effect of a Contract.]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 523 – 539.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part03|Part III. Rescission of a Contract (Resolutio).]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 540 – 548.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Gift (Donatio). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 549 – 554.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Sale (Emptio venditio). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. General Provisions. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 555 – 559.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Effect of a Sale. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 560 – 578.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Re-purchase (Pactum de retroemendo). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 579 – 585.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IV. Exchange (Recum permutatio). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Art. 586.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Loans for Consumption (Mutuum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 587 – 592.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title VI. Loans for Use (Commodatum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 593 – 600.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title VII. Hiring of Things (Locatio conductio rei). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. General Provisions. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 601 – 604.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Effect of a Hiring of Things. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 605 – 616.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Termination of a Hiring of Things. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 617 – 622.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title VIII. Hiring of Services (Locatio conductio operarum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 623 – 631.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IX. Contract Work (Locatio conductio operis). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 632 – 642.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title X. Mandate (Mandatum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 643 – 656.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title XI. Deposit (Depositum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 657 – 666.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title XII. Partnerships (Societas). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 667 – 688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title XIII. Life-Annuities. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 689 – 694.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title XIV. Compromise (Compromissum). ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 695 – 696.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book3 Chapter03|Chapter III. Business Management (Negoriorum gestlio).]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 697 – 702.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book3 Chapter04|Chapter IV. Unjust Enrichment.]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 703 – 708.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Book3 Chapter05|Chapter V. Unlawful Acts or &amp;quot;Torts&amp;quot; (Delicta).]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Arts. 709 – 724.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/postorius/lists/mediawiki-announce.lists.wikimedia.org/ MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=%E6%98%8E%E6%B2%BB29%E5%B9%B4%E6%B3%95%E5%BE%8B%E7%AC%AC89%E5%8F%B7&amp;diff=249</id>
		<title>明治29年法律第89号</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=%E6%98%8E%E6%B2%BB29%E5%B9%B4%E6%B3%95%E5%BE%8B%E7%AC%AC89%E5%8F%B7&amp;diff=249"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= 民法第一編第二編第三編 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 第一編　総則 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第一章　人 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編01章01節|第一節　私権ノ享有]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第1条〜第2条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編01章02節|第二節　能力]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第3条〜第20条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編01章03節|第三節　住所]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第21条〜第24条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編01章04節|第四節　失踪]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第25条〜第32条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第二章　法人 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編02章01節|第一節　法人ノ設立]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第33条〜第51条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編02章02節|第二節　法人ノ管理]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第52条〜第67条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編02章03節|第三節　法人ノ解散]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第68条〜第83条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編02章04節|第四節　罰則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第84条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[1編03章|第三章　物]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第85條〜第89條&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第四章　法律行為 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編04章01節|第一節　総則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第90条〜第92条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編04章02節|第二節　意思表示]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第93条〜第98条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編04章03節|第三節　代理]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第99条〜第118条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編04章04節|第四節　無効及匕取消]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第119条〜第126条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編04章05節|第五節　条件及匕期限]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第127条〜第137条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[1編05章|第五章　期間]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第138条〜第143条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第六章　時効 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編06章01節|第一節　総則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第144条〜第161条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編06章02節|第二節　取得時効]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第162条〜第165条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[1編06章03節|第三節　消滅時効]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 第166条〜第174条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 第二編　物権 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[2編01章|第一章　総則]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第175条〜第179条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第二章　占有権 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編02章01節|第一節　占有権ノ取得]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第180条〜第187条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編02章02節|第二節　占有権ノ効力]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第188条〜第202条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編02章03節|第三節　占有権ノ消滅]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第203条〜第204条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編02章04節|第四節　準占有]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第205条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第三章　所有権 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編03章01節|第一節　所有権の限界]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第206条〜第238条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編03章02節|第二節　所有権の取得]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第239条〜第248条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編03章03節|第三節　共有]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第249条〜第264条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[2編04章|第四章　地上権]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第265条〜第269条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[2編05章|第五章　永小作権]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第270条〜第279条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[2編06章|第六章　地役権]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第280条〜第294条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[2編07章|第七章　留置権]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第295条〜第302条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第八章　先取特権 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編08章01節|第一節　総則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第303条〜第305条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第二節　先取特権ノ種類 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[2編08章02節01款|第一款　一般ノ先取特権]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第306条〜第310条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[2編08章02節02款|第二款　動産ノ先取特権]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第311条〜第324条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[2編08章02節03款|第三款　不動産ノ先取特権]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第325条〜第328条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編08章03節|第三節　先取特権ノ順位]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第329条〜第332条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編08章04節|第四節　先取特権ノ効力]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第333条〜第341条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第九章　質権 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編09章01節|第一節　総則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第342条〜第351条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編09章02節|第二節　動産質]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第352条〜第355条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編09章03節|第三節　不動産質]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第356条〜第361条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編09章04節|第四節　権利質]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第362条〜第368条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第十章　抵当権 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編10章01節|第一節　総則]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第369条〜第372条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編10章02節|第二節　抵当権ノ効力]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第373条〜第395条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[2編10章03節|第三節　抵当権ノ消滅]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第396条〜第398条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 第三編　債権 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第一章　総則 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[3編01章01節|第一節　債権ノ目的]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第399条〜第411条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[3編01章02節|第二節　債権ノ効力]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第412条〜第426条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第三節　多数当事者ノ債権 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章03節01款|第一款　総則]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第427条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章03節02款|第二款　不可分債務]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第428条〜第431条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章03節03款|第三款　連帯債務]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第432条〜第445条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章03節04款|第四款　保証債務]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第446条〜第465条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [[3編01章04節|第四節　債権ノ譲渡]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第466条〜第473条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第五節　債権ノ消滅 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章05節01款|第一款　弁済]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第474条〜第504条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章05節02款|第二款　相殺]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第505条〜第512条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章05節03款|第三款　更改]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第513条〜第518条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章05節04款|第四款　免除]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第519条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編01章05節05款|第五款　混同]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第520条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 第二章　契約 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第一節　総則 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編02章01節01款|第一款　契約ノ成立]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第521条〜第522条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編02章01節02款|第二款　契約ノ効力]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第523条〜第539条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== [[3編02章01節03款|第三款　契約ノ解除]] =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第540条〜第548条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第二節　贈与 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第549条〜第554条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第三節　売買 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第一款　総則 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第555条〜第559条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第二款　売買ノ効力 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第560条〜第578条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第三款　買戻 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第579条〜第585条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第四節　交換 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第586条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第五節　消費貸借 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第587条〜第592条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第六節　使用貸借 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第593条〜第600条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第七節　賃貸借 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第一款　総則 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第601条〜第604条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第二款　賃貸借ノ効力 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第605条〜第616条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 第三款　賃貸借ノ終了 =====&lt;br /&gt;
*第617条〜第622条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第八節　雇用 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第623条〜第631条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第九節　請負 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第632条〜第642条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第十節　委任 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第643条〜第656条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第十一節　寄託 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第657条〜第666条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第十二節　組合 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第667条〜第688条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第十三節　終身定期金 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第689条〜第694条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 第十四節　和解 ====&lt;br /&gt;
*第695条〜第696条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[3編03章|第三章　事務管理]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第697条〜第702条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[3編04章|第四章　不当利得]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第703条〜第708条&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[3編05章|第五章　不法行為]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
*第709条〜第724条&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=247</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=247"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;MediaWiki has been installed.&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/postorius/lists/mediawiki-announce.lists.wikimedia.org/ MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter05&amp;diff=245</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter05&amp;diff=245"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter V. Unlawful Acts or &amp;quot;Torts&amp;quot; (Delicta). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第709条|Article 709.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has intentionally or negligently violated the right of another is bound to compensate any damages resulting in consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 720; also Arts. 822 and 992 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第710条|Article 710.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Irrespective of whether the person, liberty or honour (reputation) of another is injured property rights are violated, the person who is bound to make compensation for damage in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article must make also compensation even for damage other than that to his property.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 709 and Art. 722 Paragraph 1; also Arts. 823 and 847 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第711条|Article 711.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has injured the life (caused the death) of another must make compensation for damage to the father, mother, spouse (husband or wife), and children of the sufferer (person killed) even when the property rights of the latter have not been violated.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 709 and 710.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第712条|Article 712.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a minor has inflicted damages on another person, he is not responsible for the damages caused by his act unless he is possessed of sufficient mental capacity to discriminate as to the consequences of his act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 4, 20, 709, 711 and 714; also Art. 828 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第713条|Article 713.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has, in a state of mental alienation, inflicted damages on another is not responsible for such damages unless in cases where temporary insanity has been caused intentionally or by fault.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 7, 9, 20, 709, 711, and 714; also Art. 827 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第714条|Article 714.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case where, in accordance with the provisions of the preceding two Articles, an incapacitated person has no responsibility, the person whose legal duty it is to supervise him is bound to make compensation for the damages inflicted by such incapacitated person on a third party, except he (the legal supervisor) has not neglected his duties.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A person whose duty it is to supervise and control an incapacitated person in the place of the legal supervisor is likewise subject to the responsibility of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 712 and 713; also Art. 832 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第715条|Article 715.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who has employed another for a certain business is bound to make compensation for any damages caused to a third party by the person employed in the execution thereof, except the employer has exercised proper care in the selection and appointment of the person employed and in the supervision of the business,  or when the damages could not have been avoided even by proper care and attention.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A person charged with the supervision of the business in place of the employer is likewise bound to bear the responsibility of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs do not prevent the exercise of the claim for reimbursement (the right of recourse) of the employer or the supervisor against the person employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 709 and 716; also Arts. 831 and 840 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第716条|Article 716.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person ordering work (an employer) is not bound to make compensation for damages caused to a third person by a contractor in the course of the execution of the work ordered, unless the orderer has been in fault (guilty of negligence) in respect to his order or instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 709.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第717条|Article 717.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When damages have been caused by the defective construction or insufficient maintenance of structures on land, the possessor of such structures is bound to compensate the injured party for any damage arising therefrom. But when the possessor has exercised due care and attention for the purpose of avoiding the occurrence of the damage, the owner must make compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply correspondingly to defects in the planting or support of trees and bamboos.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In the case of the preceding two Paragraphs, if there is also some other person who is responsible for the cause of the damage, the possessor or the owner may exercise his right of claim for reimbursement (right of recourse) against him.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 709, 606 and 615; also Arts. 836 to 838 and Art. 840 (3) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第718条|Article 718.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The possessor of an animal is bound to make compensation for any damage inflicted by such animal on another person, unless he has exercised proper care in keeping the animal in view of its class and nature.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The person who keeps the animal in place of the possessor is also responsible under the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 708, 714 and 715; also Arts. 833 and 834 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第719条|Article 719.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When damages have been caused to another person by an unlawful act committed in common by several persons, they are all jointly bound to make compensation therefore. The same rule applies if it cannot be discovered which of the several participants has actually inflicted the damages.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Instigators and accomplices are considered as joint-doers.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 709; also Arts. 830 and 840 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第720条|Article 720.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who has unavoidably committed a harmful act in order to protect the rights of himself or of a third person against an unlawful act of another is not bound to compensate the damage caused; but this does not prevent the injured party from demanding compensation for damage against the person who committed the unlawful act.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply correspondingly in case a thing belonging to another person has been injured or destroyed in order to avert imminent danger threatening from it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 709; also Arts. 227 and 228 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第721条|Article 721.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A child en ventre sa mere is regarded as already borne with regard to the right of claiming compensation for damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 1; also Arts. 844 (2), 846 and 847 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第722条|Article 722.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The provisions of Art. 417 apply correspondingly to compensation for damage caused by unlawful acts.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If the injured person is in fault, the Court may take this fact into consideration when determining the amount compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 417; also Arts. 846 and 847 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第723条|Article 723.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Against a person who has injured the honour (reputation ) of another the Court may, upon the demand of the injured party, order suitable measures to be adopted for the recovery of his honour (reputation) instead of, or together with, compensation for damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編05章#第724条|Article 724.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The claim for compensation for any damage arising from an unlawful act is extinguished by prescription when it has not been exercised for three years from the time when the injured party or his legal representative has knowledge of the damage and of the identity of its author. The same applies when twenty years have elapsed from the time of the commission of the unlawful act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 166 and 167; also Art. 852 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter04&amp;diff=243</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter04&amp;diff=243"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IV. Unjust Enrichment. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第703条|Article 703.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who, without legal ground, acquired benefit from the property or labour of another, and thereby caused a loss to the other, is bound to make restitution of such benefit in so far as it still actually exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 705-708; also Arts. 812, 816 and 818 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第704条|Article 704.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who is enriched in bad faith must make restitution of the benefit received together with interest thereon, and he is bound to make compensation for any further damages.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 703; also Art. 820 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第705条|Article 705.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a person has made a prestation in performance of an obligation knowing at the time of the non-existence of such obligation, he cannot claim restitution of the thing prestated.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 703 and 704; also Arts. 813 (1) and 814 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第706条|Article 706.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the debtor has made a prestation in satisfaction of an obligation before it is due, restitution of the thing prestated cannot be demanded; but when the debtor has made such prestation by mistake, the creditor must make restitution of any benefit derived therefrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 703 and 704; also Art. 813 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第707条|Article 707.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a person who is not a debtor has performed an obligation by mistake, if the creditor has, in good faith, destroyed the bond, renounced (waived) the security, or lost the obligation by prescription, restitution cannot be demanded by the person who has performed.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not prevent the person who has performed from exercising his claim for reimbursement (right of recourse) against the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 705.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編04章#第708条|Article 708.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has made a prestation for an illegal cause cannot claim its restitution except the illegal cause has existed only as regards the person who was thereby enriched.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 703; also Arts. 762 and 817 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter03&amp;diff=241</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter03&amp;diff=241"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter III. Business Management (Negoriorum gestlio). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第697条|Article 697.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who assumes the management of another person&#039;s business affairs without being bound to do so must conduct such management in accordance with the nature of the business and in a manner best calculated to insure the interests of the principal.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The manager must conduct the management in accordance with the intention (wishes) of the principal if he knows, or is able to conjecture, it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 643 and 656; also Art. 677 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第698条|Article 698.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A manager who has managed the business of the principal in order to protect the latter from imminent peril to his person, honour, or property, is not responsible for resulting damages unless he acted in bad faith or with gross negligence.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 697; also Art. 680 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第699条|Article 699.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The manager must without delay notify the principal that he has assumed the management, except the principal already knows of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 701 and 645; also Art. 681 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第700条|Article 700.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A manager must continue his management until the principal or his successor or legal representative can undertake it, unless a continuation of the management is clearly contrary to the intention or opposed to the interests of the principal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 697.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第701条|Article 701.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts. 645 to 647 apply correspondingly to business management.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 645-647; also Art. 681 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編03章#第702条|Article 702.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] If a manager has disbursed beneficial expenses for the principal, he may claim reimbursement thereof from the principal.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a manager has contracted beneficial obligations for the principal, the provisions of Paragraph 2 of Art. 650 apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When a manager has undertaken the management against the wishes of the principal, the provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs apply only in so far as the principal is actually enriched.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 650 Paragraph 2; also Arts. 683 (1) and 684 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part03&amp;diff=239</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part03&amp;diff=239"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Contracts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Rescission of a Contract (Resolutio). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第540条|Article 540.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] If in virtue of a contract or by the provisions of the law, one of the parties concerned has the right of rescission, rescission is effected by an expression of intention to the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The expression of intention of the preceding Paragraph cannot be annulled.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 97; also Art. 349 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第541条|Article 541.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If one party does not perform his obligation, the other party may fix a reasonable period of time and demand performance within such period; and if the contract is not performed within that period of time the other party may rescind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 414 and 415; also Arts. 326 (1) and 360 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第542条|Article 542.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If, according to the nature of the contract or to an intention expressed by the parties, the object with which the contract has been concluded cannot be attained unless it is performed at a fixed date or within a fixed period of time, if the date or the period of time has passed without one of the parties having made performance, the other party may at once rescind the contract without making the notification of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 541; also Art. 361 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第543条|Article 543.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When performance has become totally or partially impossible owing to a cause imputable to the debtor, the creditor may rescind the contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 415, 541 and 542; also Art. 325 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第544条|Article 544.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When one of the parties concerned consists of several persons, rescission of the contract can only be made by or against all the members.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, if the right of rescission is extinguished with regard to one of the members, it is extinguished with regard to the others also.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 427 and 540; also Art. 356 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第545条|Article 545.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When one of the parties has exercised his right of rescission, each party is bound to restore the other party to his original state; but the rights of third persons cannot be injured.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, the amount of money received must be restored, with interest from the day of receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The exercise of the right of rescission does not affect a claim for compensation for damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 620, 630, 652, and 684; also Arts. 326, 327, 346 and 347 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第546条|Article 546.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Art. 533 apply correspondingly to the case of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 348 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第547条|Article 547.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is no fixed period of time for the exercise of the right of rescission, the other party may allot a fixed reasonable period of time and demand that the party entitled thereto give a definite answer within the said period of time as to whether or not he intends to rescind the contract. If no notification of rescission is received within the said period of time, the right of rescission is extinguished.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 540; also Art. 355 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節03款#第548条|Article 548.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The right of rescission is extinguished (barred) when the person entitled has, by his own act or fault, essentially damaged the thing which is the subject of the contract or has rendered the restitution thereof impossible or has changed it into a thing of a different kind by working it up or remodelling it.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If without the act or fault of the person who has the right of rescission the thing which is the subject of the contract has been lost or damaged, the right of rescission is not extinguished.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 534-536 and Art. 545, Paragraph 1; also Arts. 350 and 353 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part02&amp;diff=237</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part02&amp;diff=237"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Contracts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Effect of a Contract. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第523条|Article 523.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an acceptance has been delayed, the offerer may deem it to be a new offer.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 528; also Art. 150 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第524条|Article 524.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An offer made to a person at a distance without fixing a period of time for acceptance thereof, cannot be withdrawn for such a period of time as is reasonably necessary for the offerer to receive notice of acceptance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 97, Paragraph 1; also Arts. 147 (2) and 145 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第525条|Article 525.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Art. 97, Paragraph 2, do not apply in case the offerer has expressed a contrary intention or the other party had knowledge of the fact of his death or the loss of capacity.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 153.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第526条|Article 526.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A contract between persons at a distance comes into existence when the notice of acceptance is despatched.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case the notice of acceptance is not necessary on account of an expression of intention of the offerer to that effect or to the custom governing such transactions, the contract comes into existence when a fact has occurred which can be recognised as an expression of intention to accept it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 97, Paragraph 1, Art. 521, Paragraph 2, and Art. 524; also Art. 151 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第527条|Article 527.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Even when a notice withdrawing an offer has reached the other party subsequent to the despatch of the notice of acceptance, if it can be recognised that the notice of withdrawal was despatched in such time that under ordinary circumstances it ought to have arrived before, the acceptor must without delay notify the offerer of the delay in arrival.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the acceptor neglects to give the notice of the preceding Paragraph, the contract is deemed as not having come into existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 522.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第528条|Article 528.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an acceptor has accepted an offer subject to a condition or other alterations, he is deemed to have refused such offer and simultaneously made a new offer.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 522; also Art. 150 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第529条|Article 529.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has advertised that he will give a fixed reward to whoever performs a certain act is bound to pay the reward to the person who has performed the said act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 526; also Art. 657 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第530条|Article 530.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In the case of the preceding Article the advertiser may withdraw his advertisement by the same method as he has employed for advertising, so long as there is no person who has completed the designated act, except when it has been expressed in the advertisement that it would not be withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case revocation (withdrawal ) cannot be made by the means determined in the preceding Paragraph, it can be made by another method, but such revocation is valid only as against those who have the knowledge of it.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] If the advertiser has fixed a period of time for the performance of the designated act, he is presumed to have renounced (waived) his right of withdrawal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 521 and 524; also Art. 658 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第531条|Article 531.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When there are several persons who have performed the act designated in the advertisement, only the person who has performed it first is entitled to the reward.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case several persons have done the act simultaneously, each of them is entitled to a share of the reward in equal proportions. But if the reward cannot be conveniently divided, owing to its nature, or if only one person is entitled thereto according to the terms of the advertisement, the receiver is determined by lot.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs do not apply if a different intention is expressed in the advertisement.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 529; also Art. 659 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第532条|Article 532.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] If there are several persons who have performed the act specified in the advertisement, the most meritorious of them only is entitled to the reward. Such advertisement has no validity unless the period of time is fixed for the competition.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, the question as to whose performance is most meritorious among the competitors shall be decided by the person designated in the advertisement, and if there is no designation therein of the umpire, it is to be decided by the advertiser.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] Competitors may not raise any objection to the decision of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
* [IV] When the acts of several persons have been decided to possess equal merit, the provisions of Paragraph 2 of the preceding Article apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 529 and 531; also Art. 661 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第533条|Article 533.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* One of the parties to a bilateral contract may refuse to perform his obligation until the other party tenders performance of his own obligation, but this does not apply when the latter is not due.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 412, 414, 492 and 493; also Arts. 320 (1) and 321 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第534条|Article 534.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a bilateral contract has for its object the creation or transfer of a real right in a specific thing, if such thing has been lost or damaged by a cause not attributable to the debtor, such loss or damage falls on the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] With regard to a contract relating to a non- specific thing, the provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply from the moment when the thing has become specific in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 2, Art. 401.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 535 and 536; also Arts. 323 and 445 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第535条|Article 535.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The provisions of the preceding Article do not apply if the thing which is the subject of a bilateral contract subject to a condition precedent has been lost while the condition is pending.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If the thing has been damaged by a cause not imputable to the debtor, the damage falls on the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the thing has been damaged by a cause imputable to the debtor, the creditor may, at his option, demand either performance or rescission of the contract in case the condition is fulfilled; but this does not affect his right to demand compensation for damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 534, 127, 415, and 543.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第536条|Article 536.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In cases other than those provided in the preceding two Articles, if performance of an obligation has become impossible owing to a cause imputable to neither of the parties concerned, the debtor has no right to receive the counter-prestation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If performance has become impossible owing to a cause imputable to the creditor, the debtor does not lose his right to receive the counter-prestation; but if he has received any benefit by being freed from his obligation, such benefit must be returned to the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 534, 535, 412 and 413; also Arts. 323 (1) and 324 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第537条|Article 537.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* I] If a party is bound to make a prestation to a third person in accordance with a contract, the third person has a right to demand such prestation directly from the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, the right of the third person comes into existence at the moment when he expresses to the debtor his intention to take and enjoy the benefit of the contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 399; also Arts. 328 (1), 329, 330 and 333 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第538条|Article 538.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* After the right of the third person has come into existence in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article, it can no longer be modified or extinguished by the parties concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 537; also Art. 328 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節02款#第539条|Article 539.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Any plea or defence which is founded on the contract mentioned in Art. 537 can be set up by the debtor against the third person who is to enjoy the benefit of the said contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 537 and 538; also Art. 334 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part01&amp;diff=235</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter02 Title01 Part01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter02_Title01_Part01&amp;diff=235"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Contracts. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. Formation of a Contract. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節01款#第521条|Article 521.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An offer of a contract made with a fixed period of time specified for acceptance cannot be withdrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the offerer has received no notice of acceptance within the period of time of the preceding Paragraph, the offer loses its effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 97, Paragraph 1, and Art. 526; also Arts. 145, 146 and 148 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編02章01節01款#第522条|Article 522.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Even when the notice of acceptance has reached the offerer subsequent to the period of time mentioned in the preceding Article, if it can be recognised that it was despatched at such a time that under ordinary circumstances it ought to have arrived within the period of time, the offerer must without delay give notice to the other party of the delayed arrival; but this does not apply when a notice of delay has been already despatched previous to arrival.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the offerer has neglected to give the notice of the preceding Paragraph, the notice of acceptance is regarded as not having been delayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 521, Paragraph 2; also Art. 149 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part05&amp;diff=233</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part05&amp;diff=233"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part V. Confusion (Confusio). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節05款#第520条|Article 520.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the rights and duties of an obligation are vested in the same person, the obligation is extinguished, except when it has become the subject of the right of a third person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 437 and 457.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part04&amp;diff=231</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part04&amp;diff=231"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part IV. Remission (Release). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節04款#第519条|Article 519.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An obligation is extinguished if the creditor has expressed to the debtor his intention to remit it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 428, 436, 444, and 503; also German Civil Code, Art. 397.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part03&amp;diff=229</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part03&amp;diff=229"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Novation (Novatio). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第513条|Article 513.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the parties concerned have concluded a contract changing the essential elements of an obligation, such obligation is extinguished by novation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If a conditional obligation is made unconditional, or a condition is added to an unconditional obligation, or if a condition is changed, it is regarded as a change of an essential element of such obligation. The same applies when a bill of exchange is issued instead of performance of an obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 430, 435 and 458.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第514条|Article 514.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A novation by a change of the debtor may be effected by a contract between the creditor and the new debtor, but this cannot be done against the will of the old (original) debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 474.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第515条|Article 515.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Novation by a change of the creditor cannot be set up against third persons, unless it is made by means of a document bearing an authenticated date.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 467.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第516条|Article 516.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of No. 1 of Art. 468 apply correspondingly to a novation by a change of the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第517条|Article 517.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If the obligation resulting from a novation does not come into existence, or is annulled owing to an illegal origin (ground) , or to a reason unknown to the parties concerned, the old (original) obligation is not extinguished.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節03款#第518条|Article 518.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The parties concerned in a novation can transfer to the new obligation a right of pledge or mortgage furnished as the security for the original obligation within the limits of the subject of such original obligation; but in case it has been furnished by a third person, his consent must be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part02&amp;diff=227</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part02&amp;diff=227"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Set-off (Compensatio). =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第505条|Article 505.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] If two persons mutually owe acts of performance to each other the subjects of which are of the same kind and both of which are due, either debtor may be freed from his obligation with respect to the corresponding amount by means of set-off, except when the nature of the obligation does not permit.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply when the parties concerned have expressed an opposite intention; but such expression of intention cannot be set up against third persons in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 136, 506, 509, 510 and 511; also German Civil Code, Arts. 387 and 389.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第506条|Article 506.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Set-off is effected by an expression of intention made by one of the parties concerned to the other party; but such expression of intention cannot be subjected to a condition or a limitation of time.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The expression of intention of the preceding Paragraph is retroactive in its effect to the time when the obligations on both sides first became suitable to be set off against each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Arts. 388 and 389.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第507条|Article 507.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A set-off may be made even when the obligations on both sides are performable in different places; but the party concerned who makes the set-off must compensate the other party for any damage resulting therefrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 484; also German Civil Code, Art. 391.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第508条|Article 508.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An obligation can be set off even after it has been extinguished by prescription, provided that it was suitable for set-off previous to its extinction.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 505; also German Civil Code, Art. 390.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第509条|Article 509.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The debtor of an obligation resulting from an unlawful act cannot oppose the creditor with a set-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 393.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第510条|Article 510.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The debtor of an obligation the seizure of which is prohibited cannot oppose the creditor with a set-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Code of Civil Procedure, Art. 618; also Art. 394 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第511条|Article 511.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A garnishee who has been prohibited by a Court from making payment cannot set up against the garnishor an obligation acquired subsequent to garnishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 481, the Code of Civil Procedure, Art. 598, and Art. 392 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節02款#第512条|Article 512.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts. 488 to 491 apply correspondingly to a set-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 396.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part01&amp;diff=225</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title05 Part01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title05_Part01&amp;diff=225"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title V. Extinction of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. Performance. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第474条|Article 474.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An obligation may be discharged by a third person except when the nature of the obligation does not permit, or when the parties concerned have expressed a contrary intention.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A third person who is not interested (in the obligation) may not make performance against the will of the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 267, 268 (1) and Art. 1142 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第475条|Article 475.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the person performing has delivered a thing belonging to another person he cannot recover it unless he makes another valid performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 95 and 477.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第476条|Article 476.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case an owner who has no capacity to assign has delivered a thing by way of performance, if the performance is cancelled he cannot recover such thing unless he makes another valid performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 4, 9, 12, 14, and 477.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第477条|Article 477.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In the case of the preceding two Articles, if the creditor has, in good faith, consumed or assigned the thing received by way of performance, such performance is valid; but this does not prevent the creditor from demanding reimbursement against the person performing if he has received a demand for compensation for damage from a third person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 475 and 476.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第478条|Article 478.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The performance made to a quasi-possessor of an obligation is not valid except the person performing has acted in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 205 and 479.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第479条|Article 479.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Performance made to a person who has no authority to receive the same is valid to the extent to which the creditor is enriched thereby, except in the case contemplated in the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 113-117 and Art. 478; also Art. 362 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第480条|Article 480.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The bearer of a receipt is deemed to be authorized to receive performance, except when the person performing knew, or did not know through his own negligence, that the bearer was not so authorized.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 479; also Art. 370 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第481条|Article 481.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a third debtor (garnishee) who has been ordered by a Court to refrain from making payment, has made the same to his own creditor, the seizing creditor may, in so far as he has sustained damage, demand another performance from the third debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not prevent the garnishee from exercising the claim for reimbursement against his own creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 423, 703 and 709; also the Code of Civil Procedure.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第482条|Article 482.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the debtor, with the consent of his creditor, has made a prestation other than and in lieu of that which is due, such prestation has the same effect as performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 364 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第483条|Article 483.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the subject of an obligation is the delivery of a specific thing, the person performing must deliver such thing in the condition in which it is actually found at the time when delivery is due.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第484条|Article 484.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is no special expression of intention as to the place where performance is to be made, the delivery of a specific thing must be made at the place where the thing was when the obligation came into existence and, in other cases, at the creditor&#039;s present domicile.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 269 and 270 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第485条|Article 485.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is no special expression of intention with regard to the expenses of performance, the debtor shall bear the expenses; but if the creditor has increased the expenses of performance by a removal of his domicile or other acts, the additional cost shall be borne by the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Arts. 270 (3) and 304.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第486条|Article 486.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The person performing can demand the delivery of a receipt from the receiver of the performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 368.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第487条|Article 487.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case there is a document establishing the obligation, the person performing can demand the return of the same when he has performed in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 371.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第488条|Article 488.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the debtor is bound towards the same creditor in respect to several obligations with subjects of an identical nature, if the prestation tendered by way of performance is insufficient to extinguish all the obligations, the person tendering the prestation may, at the time of tendering, designate the obligation (or obligations) to which such prestation is to be imputed (appropriated).&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If the person making performance does not make the designation of the preceding Paragraph, the receiver may, at the time of receipt, make imputation (appropriation) of the performance, except when the person performing has immediately objected to such proposed imputation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In the case of the preceding two Paragraphs, the imputation of the performance is effected by an expression of intention made to the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 366.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第489条|Article 489.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the parties concerned have not made imputation of a performance, it is imputed in accordance with the following provisions: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) When among all the obligations there are some which are due and others which are not due, those which are due are preferred;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) When all the obligations are or are not due, those whose payment is most beneficial for the debtor are preferred;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) When the benefit of payment is equal for the debtor, those which have become due or will be due earliest are preferred;&lt;br /&gt;
* (4) When obligations are the same with regard to the matters mentioned in the preceding two numbers, performance is imputed in proportion to the amount of each obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 366 (2).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第490条|Article 490.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case several prestations are to be made for the payment of one obligation, if a prestation made by the person performing is not sufficient to extinguish the whole of such obligation, the provisions of the preceding two Articles apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第491条|Article 491.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the debtor, in respect to one or several obligations, is bound to pay interest and expenses in addition to the principal, if a prestation made by the person performing is insufficient to extinguish the whole obligation, it is imputed in successive order to the expenses, the interest, and the principal.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of Art. 489 apply correspondingly to the case of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 488 and 489; also Art. 367 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第492条|Article 492.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A tender of performance frees the debtor from the moment of the tender from all the responsibilities of non-performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 413; also Arts. 300, 301 and 302 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第493条|Article 493.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Tender of performance must be actually made in accordance with the intent and purpose of the obligation; but if the creditor has refused to receive the same beforehand, or when an act of the creditor is necessary for the performance of the obligation, it is sufficient if he is notified that preparation for performance has been made and called upon to receive same.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Arts. 294 and 295.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第494条|Article 494.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the creditor refuses to or cannot accept performance, the person performing can free himself from the obligation by depositing for the benefit of the creditor the thing which is the subject of performance. The same applies when the person performing cannot, without any fault on his part, ascertain who the creditor is.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 413, 492 and 498; Law of Deposit (Imperial Ordinance, July 1892); and Rules for Handling Things Deposited (Financial Department Ordinance, February 1892); also Arts. 372 and 378 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第495条|Article 495.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Deposit must be made at the deposit office of the place where performance of the obligation is to be effected.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case there are no special provisions in laws and ordinances with regard to deposit offices, the Court must, upon the demand of the person performing, designate the deposit office and appoint a custodian for the thing deposited.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The depositor must give notice of the deposit to the creditor without delay.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Law of Procedure in Non-Contentious Matters, Art. 81; Law of Deposit; Rules for Handling Things Deposited; and Order of Handling Things Deposited; also Art. 374 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第496条|Article 496.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] So long as the creditor does not consent to accept the deposit, or a judgment which has declared the deposit as valid is not final and conclusive, the depositor can withdraw the thing deposited. In this case the deposit is deemed as not having been made.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply in case a pledge or mortgage has been extinguished by the deposit.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (The same reference as above; also Arts. 376 and 379 (3) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第497条|Article 497.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the thing which is the subject of an obligation is not suitable for deposit, or is in danger of being destroyed or damaged, the person performing may, with the permission of a Court, sell it at auction and deposit the proceeds. The same applies if its custody and preservation would involve disproportionate expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 494 and 495 and the Law of Auction; also Art. 383 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第498条|Article 498.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the debtor is bound to pay against a prestation of the creditor, the latter cannot receive the thing deposited unless he makes such prestation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 494 and 533; also Art. 373 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第499条|Article 499.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Any person who has performed for a debtor may simultaneously with the performance be subrogated into the position of the creditor with the latter&#039;s consent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of Art. 467 apply correspondingly to the case of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 474 and 500; also Arts. 268 (2), 1143 and 1150 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第500条|Article 500.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Any person who has a legitimate interest in performance is subrogated into the position of the creditor by operation of law when he has made performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 499; also Arts. 268, 426 (2) and 774 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第501条|Article 501.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has been subrogated into the position of the creditor in accordance with the provisions of the preceding two Articles may, to the extent that he may demand recourse in virtue of his own right, exercise all the rights which the creditor possessed in respect to the validity of and the security for the obligation; but the following rules must be observed: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) A surety is not subrogated into the position of the creditor as against a third acquirer of an immovable which is the subject of a preferential right, of a pledge of an immovable or of a mortgage, unless the subrogation has been additionally noted beforehand in the registration of the said preferential right, pledge of immovable or mortgage;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) A third acquirer is not subrogated into the position of the creditor as against a surety;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) One of several third acquirers is not subrogated into the position of the creditor as against the others except in proportion to the value of each immovable;&lt;br /&gt;
* (4) The provisions of the preceding number apply correspondingly as among persons who have furnished their own properties as security for the obligation of another;&lt;br /&gt;
* (5) As between a surety and a person who has furnished his own property as security for the obligation of another, subrogation cannot take place except in proportion to the number of persons (per capita). But if there are several persons who have furnished their properties as security for the obligation of another, subrogation cannot take place against them except with regard to the balance of the obligation remaining after the surety&#039;s share therein has been deducted, and in proportion to the value of the respective properties furnished by each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
* (6) If the properties in the above case are immovables, the provisions of No. 1 apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第502条|Article 502.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When subrogation has taken place in respect to a portion of the obligation, the party subrogated into the position of the creditor exercises his rights together with the creditor in proportion to the value of his performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, rescission of the contract owing to non-performance of the obligation can be demanded only by the creditor; but in that case he must reimburse to the party subrogated into the position of the creditor the amount he has paid, together with interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 404, 501 and 541 et seq.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第503条|Article 503.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A creditor who has received full performance of his claim must deliver to the person who is thereby subrogated into his position all the documents relating to the obligation and the securities in his possession.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When subrogation has taken place in respect to part of the obligation, the creditor must note the subrogation on the document relating to the obligation and permit the person who is subrogated into his position to supervise the preservation of the securities in his possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章05節01款#第504条|Article 504.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case there is a person who is to be subrogated into the position of a creditor in accordance with the provisions of Art. 500, if the creditor has, either intentionally or through his negligence, caused the destruction or diminution of the securities, the person who is to be subrogated into the position of the creditor is freed from his obligation to the extent that it has become impossible for him to obtain reimbursement in consequence of such destruction or diminution.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 501.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title04&amp;diff=223</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title04&amp;diff=223"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IV. Assignment of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第466条|Article 466.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Obligations are assignable except when their nature does not permit of assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply when the parties concerned have made a contrary expression of intention. But such expression of intention cannot be set up against third persons in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 398, 399, 400 and 405 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第467条|Article 467.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The assignment of an obligation performable to a specified creditor cannot be set up against the debtor, or other third persons , unless the assignor has notified the fact to the debtor or the latter has consented thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The notification or consent of the preceding Paragraph cannot be set up against third persons other than the debtor unless it is made by an instrument bearing an authenticated date.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts 408 and 410 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第468条|Article 468.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the debtor has given the consent of the preceding Article without making any reservation even when there are circumstances which could have been set up against the assignor, they cannot be set up against the assignee. But if the debtor has paid anything to the assignor in order to extinguish the obligation it can be recovered, or if he has incurred any obligation to the assignor, he may regard it as non- existent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the assignor has merely notified the assignment to the debtor, the latter may set up against the assignee any defence which he could have set up against the assignor previous to the receipt of such notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 404, 406 and 407 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第469条|Article 469.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The assignment of an obligation performable to order cannot be set up against the debtor or third persons unless the fact of assignment has been endorsed on the instrument and the latter itself has been delivered to the assignee.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 792 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第470条|Article 470.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The debtor on an obligation performable to order has the right, but is not bound, to investigate into the identity of the holder of the instrument or the authenticity of the signature and seal thereon ; but if the debtor acts in bad faith or with gross negligence, his performance is null and void.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第471条|Article 471.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding Article apply correspondingly to cases where, though the name of the creditor is specified on the instrument, it is additionally stated that performance shall be made to the holder of the said instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第472条|Article 472.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The debtor on an obligation performable to order cannot set up against an assignee in good faith any defences which he might have set up against the original creditor, except such as are mentioned in the instrument or which are the natural result of its nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 792 (3).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章04節#第473条|Article 473.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding Article are correspondingly applicable to obligations performable to bearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part04&amp;diff=221</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part04&amp;diff=221"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Archive.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Obligations with a Plurality of Parties. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part IV. Suretyship. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第446条|Article 446.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Article 446.-The surety is responsible for the performance of the obligation when the principal debtor does not perform the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 765 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第447条|Article 447.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The surety&#039;s obligation includes interest, penalty for breach of contract, compensation for damage relating to the principal obligation , and all other things accessory to the said obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The surety may not enter into a contract relative to the amount of penalty for breach of contract or compensation for damage except with regard to his own obligation as surety.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 448, 420, and 421; also Art. 767 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第448条|Article 448.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the burden of the surety is, in the subject or form of the obligation, more onerous than the principal obligation, it shall be reduced to the extent of the principal obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 447, Paragraph 2.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第449条|Article 449.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If the person who has guaranteed an obligation voidable on the ground of incapacity knew of the ground for avoidance at the time of the conclusion of the contract of suretyship, in case of its non-performance or avoidance he is presumed to have contracted an independent obligation with the same object as that of the principal obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 125, Paragraph 4; also German Civil Code, Art. 770.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第450条|Article 450.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the debtor is obliged to furnish a surety, such surety must be a person who fulfils the following conditions: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) He must have full capacity;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) He must have the means of payment;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) He must have a domicile, or have established a provisional domicile, within the jurisdiction of the Appeal Court which has jurisdiction over the place of performance of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When one of the conditions enumerated in No. 2 or No. 3 of the preceding Paragraph comes to be wanting after having been furnished, the creditor can then demand the replacement of the surety by another person who fulfils such conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs do not apply if the creditor has nominated the surety.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 137 and Art. 541 et seq; also Art. 239 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第451条|Article 451.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the debtor cannot furnish a surety who fulfils the conditions enumerated in the preceding Article, he may furnish another kind of security in substitution of the surety.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第452条|Article 452.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the creditor has demanded performance of the obligation against the surety, the latter may demand that a demand shall be first made upon the principal debtor calling upon him to perform. This does not apply, however, when the principal debtor has been adjudged bankrupt or when his whereabouts is unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第453条|Article 453.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Even after performance has been demanded from the principal debtor in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article, if the surety has proved that the principal debtor has means of payment and the execution is easy, the creditor must first levy execution on the property of the principal debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide German Civil Code, Arts 771 and 773; also French Civil Code, Art. 2021.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第454条|Article 454.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a surety bears an obligation jointly (is bound in solido) with the principal debtor he has not the rights provided in the preceding two Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 452, 453 and 458; also Art. 773 (No. 1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第455条|Article 455.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If, notwithstanding the demand of the surety in accordance with the provisions of Art. 452 and Art. 453, the creditor neglects to demand performance or make execution, and is subsequently unable to obtain total performance from the principal debtor, the surety is freed from his obligation to the extent that performance would have been obtained had the creditor at once made such demand and compulsory execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide French Civil Code, Art. 2024.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第456条|Article 456.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there are several sureties, the provisions of Art. 427 apply even though the sureties have become obligated by separate acts.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 427; also Art. 769 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第457条|Article 457.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A demand for performance and an interruption of prescription by any other means against the principal debtor take effect against the surety also.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A surety can oppose the creditor by making a set-off of any obligation which the principal debtor has against the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 147 and Art. 412, Paragraph 3; also Art. 770 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第458条|Article 458.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the principal debtor bears the obligation jointly (is bound in solido) with the surety the provisions of Arts. 434 to 440 apply.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第459条|Article 459.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the surety has assumed the suretyship by reason of a mandate of the principal debtor, if he has, without any fault on his part, been adjudged to pay the creditor, paid in the place of the principal debtor, or done any other act to extinguish the obligation at his own expense, such surety has the right of demanding reimbursement against the principal debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of Paragraph 2 of Art. 442 apply correspondingly to the case of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 461, Art. 463, Paragraph 2, and Arts. 643 and 650; also Art. 775 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第460条|Article 460.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the surety has assumed the suretyship at the request of the principal debtor, he can in any of the following cases exercise in advance the right of recourse against the principal debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) When the principal debtor is adjudged bankrupt and the creditor does not participate in the distribution of his estate;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) When the obligation is due ; but the term accorded by the creditor to the principal debtor subsequent to the conclusion of the contract of suretyship cannot be set up against the surety;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) When ten years have elapsed from the conclusion of the contract of suretyship in case the time of payment of the obligation is uncertain and it is impossible to ascertain even the longest time.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 649.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第461条|Article 461.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the principal debtor has indemnified the surety in accordance with the provisions of the preceding two Articles, the debtor can, so long as the creditor has not obtained full performance, demand that the surety furnish him security or procure his discharge from the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the foregoing case the principal debtor can avoid the obligation of indemnifying the surety by making a deposit, by furnishing security, or by procuring the surety&#039;s discharge from the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 459 and 460.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第462条|Article 462.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case a person who has become surety without the request of the principal debtor has performed the obligation, or has otherwise obtained the discharge of the principal debtor from the obligation at his own expense the principal debtor must indemnify him only in so far as he is thereby enriched at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A person who has become surety against the will of the principal debtor has the right of recourse only in so far as the principal debtor is actually enriched; but if the principal debtor asserts that he had a ground of set-off previous to the time of recourse the surety can demand against the creditor the performance of the obligation which would have been extinguished by the set-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 443, Paragraph 1, and Arts. 650 and 702; also Art. 774 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第463条|Article 463.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The provisions of Art. 443 apply correspondingly to a surety.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case a person has become a surety at the request of the principal debtor, if he has, in good faith, paid or otherwise been at expense to procure the discharge, the provisions of Art. 443 also apply correspondingly to the principal debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第464条|Article 464.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has become surety for one of the debtors of a joint obligation on an indivisible obligation has a claim for reimbursement against the other debtors only with regard to their shares in the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節04款#第465条|Article 465.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case there are several sureties, if one of the sureties has, owing to the indivisibility of the principal obligation, or owing to a special contract that each surety shall pay the total amount, paid the total amount or an amount exceeding his part in the obligation, the provisions of Art. 442 to 444 apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In a case other than that contemplated in the preceding Paragraph, if one of the sureties not jointly responsible for each other has paid the total amount or an amount exceeding his part of the obligation, the provisions of Art. 462 apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 456.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part03&amp;diff=219</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part03&amp;diff=219"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Obligations with a Plurality of Parties. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Joint Obligations. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第432条|Article 432.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When several persons bear a joint obligation, the creditor may demand total or partial performance either against any one of them or against all simultaneously or successively.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 421.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第433条|Article 433.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The existence of a cause of voidness or voidability of a juristic act with regard to one of the joint debtors does not affect the validity of the obligation of the other debtors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 4, 9, 12, 14, 90, and 93-96; also Art. 425 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第434条|Article 434.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A demand for performance made against one of the joint debtors also takes effect against all the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 147 and Art. 12, Paragraph 3.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第435条|Article 435.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a novation has been made between one of the joint debtors and the creditor, the obligation is extinguished in favour of all the debtors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 442 and 513.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第436条|Article 436.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case one of the joint debtors has an obligation (a claim) against the creditor, if such debtor makes a set-off, the obligation is extinguished in favour of all the debtors.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] So long as the debtor who has the said obligation does not make a set off, the other debtors can make the same only with regard to the debtor&#039;s share in the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 422.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第437条|Article 437.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A release of an obligation made to one of the joint debtors takes effect in favour of the other debtors only with regard to the said debtor&#039;s share in the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 442 and 519; also Art. 423 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第438条|Article 438.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a confusion has been brought about between one of the joint debtors and the creditor, such debtor is deemed to have effected performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 442, 444 and 520; also Art. 425 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第439条|Article 439.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When prescription is completed in favour of one of the joint debtors, the other debtors are also freed from their obligation with regard to the said debtor&#039;s share.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 147, 166 et seq. and 434; also Art. 425 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第440条|Article 440.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With the exception of those facts mentioned in the preceding six Articles, facts happening to one of the joint debtors do not take effect with regard to the other debtors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 424 and 425 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第441条|Article 441.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When all the joint debtors , or some of them, have been adjudged bankrupt, the creditor may participate in the distribution of the assets of each estate for the full amount of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 432.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第442条|Article 442.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When one of the joint debtors has performed the obligation or has otherwise obtained the common discharge at his own cost, he has a right of recourse against the other debtors for the amount of their respective shares.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The recourse (claim for reimbursement) of the preceding Paragraph includes legal interest from the date when the obligation was performed or otherwise discharged, unavoidable expenses, and compensation for other damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第443条|Article 443.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case one of the joint debtors has made performance or otherwise at his own expense obtained the common discharge of all the debtors without notifying the other debtors of the fact of receiving a demand from the creditor, if the other debtors had defences which they could have set up against the creditor they may set them up against the said debtor with regard to their shares of the obligation ; but when a set-off is established against him, the debtor in fault may demand against the creditor performance of the obligation which would have been extinguished by the set-off.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When, owing to the neglect of one of the joint debtors to notify the other debtors of the fact of the performance or the common discharge otherwise obtained at his expense, one of the other debtors has made performance in good faith or otherwise obtained discharge for a consideration, such debtor may consider his performance or other act of discharge as valid.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第444条|Article 444.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If among the joint debtors there is one who has no means of making repayment, the part that cannot be repaid by him is divided among the claimant for reimbursement (compensation) and the other persons who have means in proportion to their respective shares of the joint obligation ; but when the claimant for reimbursement is in fault he cannot demand any share against the other debtors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 426 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節03款#第445条|Article 445.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case one of the joint debtors has obtained release from the joint obligation, if among the other debtors one has no means to perform, the creditor bears, with regard to the part which cannot be repaid by the insolvent person, the part which should have been borne by the person who has obtained release from the joint responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part02&amp;diff=217</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part02&amp;diff=217"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Obligations with a Plurality of Parties. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Indivisible Obligations. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節02款#第428条|Article 428.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case the subject of an obligation is from its nature or by an expression of intention of the parties concerned indivisible, if there are several creditors, each creditor may demand performance on behalf of all the creditors, or the debtor may make performance to any creditor on behalf of all the creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 432 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節02款#第429条|Article 429.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Even where a novation occurs or a release has been granted between one of the creditors of an indivisible obligation and the debtor, the other creditors may yet demand performance of the whole obligation; but the benefit which would have been allotted to the said creditor if he had not lost his right, must be restored to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] No other act of one of the creditors of an indivisible obligation or any other facts taking place with regard to such particular creditor have effect against the other creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 428, 513 and 519; also Art. 432 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節02款#第430条|Article 430.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When several persons bear an indivisible obligation, the provisions of the preceding Article and those relating to joint obligations apply correspondingly, with the exception of the provisions of Arts. 434 to 440.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 431 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節02款#第431条|Article 431.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an indivisible obligation is converted into a divisible obligation, each creditor may demand performance of his share only and each debtor is only responsible for the performance of his share of obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part01&amp;diff=215</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title03 Part01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title03_Part01&amp;diff=215"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Obligations with a Plurality of Parties. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. General Provisions. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章03節01款#第427条|Article 427.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case there are several creditors or several debtors, if there is no different expression of intention, each creditor or each debtor shares the rights or bears the duties in equal proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 420 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title02&amp;diff=213</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title02&amp;diff=213"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Effect of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第412条|Article 412.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When there is a certain (definite) term for the performance of an obligation the debtor is responsible for delay (is in mora) from the time when the term arrives.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When there is an uncertain (indefinite) term for the performance of an obligation, the debtor is responsible for delay (is in mora) from the time he knew of the arrival of the term.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When there is no fixed term for the performance of the obligation the debtor is responsible for delay (is in mora) from the time when he has received a demand for performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 415, 541 and 542; also Art. 284 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第413条|Article 413.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the creditor refuses to , or cannot, accept performance of the obligation, the creditor is responsible for delay (is in mora) from the time when performance has been tendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 659, 494 and 497; also Art. 293 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第414条|Article 414.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a debtor does not voluntarily perform the obligation, the creditor may make a demand for compulsory performance to the Court, unless the nature of the obligation does not permit it.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the nature of the obligation does not permit of compulsory performance, if the obligation has the performance of an act for its subject, the creditor may demand the Court to cause a third person to do the same at the expense of the debtor; but with regard to an obligation which has a juristic act for its subject, a judgment may be substituted for an expression of intention by the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] With regard to an obligation which has a forbearance for its subject the creditor may demand the removal of what has been done at the expense of the debtor and have proper measures adopted for the future.&lt;br /&gt;
* [IV] The provisions ofthe preceding three Paragraphs do not affect a demand for compensation for damages.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 415 and the Code of Civil Procedure Arts. 73-76; also Arts. 249 and 251 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第415条|Article 415.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the debtor does not perform the obligation in accordance with the true intent and purpose of the same (in forma specifica), the creditor may demand compensation for accruing damage. The same applies when performance has become impossible owing to a cause attributable to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 414; also Arts. 250, 286 and 325 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第416条|Article 416.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The demand for damages has for its subject compensation for such damage as takes place under ordinary circumstances in consequence of the non-performance of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The creditor may demand compensation even for such damage as arises under special circumstances, if the circumstances were foreseen, or ought to have been foreseen, by the party concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 252 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第417条|Article 417.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The amount of damages is to be determined (assessed) in money unless there is another special expression of intention.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 251 and 253 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第418条|Article 418.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If the creditor has been in fault with regard to the non-performance of the obligation, the Court shall take that fact into consideration in determining the responsibility for and the amount of damages.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 254.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第419条|Article 419.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] With regard to the non-performance of an obligation which has money for its subject, the amount of damages is determined by the legal rate of interest, but if the conventional rate of interest exceeds the legal rate of interest, the conventional rate governs.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] With regard to the damages of the preceding Paragraph, the creditor is not bound to prove the damage, and the debtor cannot set up a plea of vis-major.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 404 and 412; also Art. 288 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第420条|Article 420.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The parties concerned may fix in advance the amount of damages for non-performance of the obligation. In this case the Court may neither increase nor decrease the amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The fixing of the amount of damages beforehand does not affect the right to demand performance or rescission.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The penalty for breach of contract is presumed to be a fixing of the amount of compensation in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 414, 415 , and 541-543 ; also Arts . 340 (2), 341, and 343 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第421条|Article 421.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With regard to the provisions of the preceding Article, they apply correspondingly in case the parties concerned have settled in advance that something other than money shall be appropriated as compensation for damage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 417 and 420; also Art. 342 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第422条|Article 422.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a creditor has received as compensation for damage the full value of the thing or right which is the subject of the obligation, the debtor is, by operation of law, subrogated into the position of the creditor with regard to the said thing or right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide German Civil Code, Art. 255.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第423条|Article 423.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The creditor may, for the purpose of preserving an obligation of his own , exercise the rights belonging to the debtor, with the exception of such rights as belong exclusively and personally to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The creditor may not exercise the rights of the preceding Paragraph pending the arrival of the due date of his obligation except by means of a judicial subrogation. This does not, however, apply to acts of preservation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Law of Procedure in Non-Contentious Matters, Book II, Chapter 3.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第424条|Article 424.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The creditor may demand that the Court annul any juristic act done by the debtor with the knowledge that it is injurious to the creditor; but this does not apply if the person who has profited by the act or a sub-acquirer, was not aware, at the time of the act or the sub-acquisition, of the facts which would make it injurious to the creditor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply to a juristic act whose subject is not a property right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 121.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第425条|Article 425.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Cancellation made in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article takes effect for the benefit of all the creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章02節#第426条|Article 426.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The right of annulment mentioned in Art. 424 is extinguished by prescription if it is not exercised by the creditor for two years from the time when he obtained knowledge of the cause of annulment. The same applies when twenty years have elapsed from the time of the act.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 167, Paragraph 2.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title01&amp;diff=211</id>
		<title>Book3 Chapter01 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book3_Chapter01_Title01&amp;diff=211"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK III. OBLIGATIONS (or CLAIMS). ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. Subjects of Obligations. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第399条|Article 399.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Even a thing which cannot be valued (estimated) in money may be made the subject of an obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 90 and 537; also Art. 241 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第400条|Article 400.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the subject of an obligation is the delivery of a specific thing, the debtor must preserve such thing with the care of a good manager until it is delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 659.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第401条|Article 401.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case the thing which is the subject of an obligation is indicated by its kind (species) only, if the quality cannot be determined from the nature of the juristic act nor from the intention of the parties concerned, the debtor must make prestation of a thing of medium quality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, if the debtor has completed acts necessary for the prestation of the thing or, with the consent of the creditor, has indicated the thing for such prestation by him, such thing shall thenceforth be the subject of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 400 and 534; also Art. 243 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第402条|Article 402.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the thing which is the subject of an obligation is money, the debtor may make payment in any kind of currency at his option, unless the prestation of a special kind of currency has been made the subject of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When at the time of payment the special kind of currency which is the subject of the obligation has lost its validity as a compulsory and current legal tender, the debtor must make payment in another currency.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs apply correspondingly in case the prestation of a foreign currency is made the subject of an obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 403; also Arts. 244 and 245 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第403条|Article 403.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the amount of an obligation is determined in foreign currency, the debtor may pay in Japanese currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the place of performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 244 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第404条|Article 404.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is no special expression of intention with regard to an interest-bearing obligation, the rate of interest is five per cent. per annum.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 442 Paragraph 2; Art. 545 Paragraph 2; Art. 575; Art. 650, Paragraph.1; Arts. 647; 669, 671; Art. 691 Paragraph 1; Art. 704; Art. 927 Paragraph 2; and Art. 940; the Commercial Code Art. 276; and the Law Restricting Rates of Interest; also Art. 246 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第405条|Article 405.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case the interest has been in arrear for not less than one year, if the debtor does not pay the same notwithstanding the demand of the creditor, the latter may add such interest to the principal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第406条|Article 406.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the subject of an obligation is to be determined by selection from among several prestations, the right of choice belongs to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 262 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第407条|Article 407.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The right of choice of the preceding Article is exercised by an expression of intention to the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The expression of intention of the preceding Paragraph may not be annulled except with the consent of the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 409; also Art. 263 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第408条|Article 408.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an obligation becomes due, if the party who has the right of selection, notwithstanding the demand of the other party to make a choice within a proper period of time fixed, does not choose within such period of time, the right of selection belongs to the other party.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 406 and 407; also Art. 264 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第409条|Article 409.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case a third person is to choose, the choice is made by an expression of intention either to the creditor or to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If the third person cannot or does not wish to choose, the right of choice belongs to the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 406.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第410条|Article 410.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] If among the prestations to be the subjects of an obligation there is one which is impossible from the beginning, or which has subsequently become so, the obligation still exists as to those which remain.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply when prestation has become impossible owing to the fault of the party who has not the right of choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 709; also Art. 265 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[3編01章01節#第411条|Article 411.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The effect of the choice is retroactive as from the time when the obligation was formed; but the rights of third persons may not be injured thereby.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 263 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title03&amp;diff=209</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter10 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title03&amp;diff=209"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter X. Mortgages (HYPOTHECA). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Extinction of Mortgages. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章03節#第396条|Article 396.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A mortgage is not extinguished by prescription so far as regards the debtor and the mortgagor except simultaneously with the obligation which it secures.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章03節#第397条|Article 397.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a person other than the debtor or the mortgagor has possessed the mortgaged immovable in complete conformity with the conditions required for acquisitive prescription, the mortgage is extinguished thereby.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章03節#第398条|Article 398.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Even when the mortgagor of a superficies or emphyteusis has renounced his right, such renouncement cannot be set up against the mortgagee.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title02&amp;diff=207</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter10 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title02&amp;diff=207"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter X. Mortgages (HYPOTHECA). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II.  Effect of Mortgage. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第373条|Article 373.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When mortgages are created in the same immovable for securing several obligations, the ranks of those mortgages are determined according to the priority of registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*  (Vide Art. 879 of the German Civil Code).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第374条|Article 374.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a mortgagee has the right of demanding interest or other periodical payments, he can exercise the mortgage only with regard to that which is due for the last two years before the maturity of the period of time. Even with regard to periodical payments previous thereto, there is no objection to the mortgage being exercised from the time of registration if a special registration is made subsequent to the maturity of the period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Law No. 36, April, 1901; and Art. 1,118 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第375条|Article 375.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The mortgagee may make his mortgage security for another obligation or transfer (assign) or renounce (waive) the same or its rank for the benefit of another creditor of the same debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, if the mortgagee has disposed of his mortgage in favour of several persons, the ranks of the rights of those who enjoy the advantage of such disposal are determined by the priority of the additional statements made to and noted in the registration of the mortgage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第376条|Article 376.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In the case of the preceding Article, the disposal of the mortgage cannot be set up against the principal debtor, the surety, the creator of the mortgage, or their successors, unless it is notified in accordance with the provisions of Art. 467 to the principal debtor or the latter has consented thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the principal debtor has received the notification or given the consent of the preceding Paragraph, performance made without the consent of the person who receives the benefit of the disposal of the mortgage cannot be set up against such person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 467 and 488.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第377条|Article 377.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a third person who has purchased the ownership or superficies of a mortgaged immovable has paid the price to the mortgagee in accordance with the latter&#039;s demand, the mortgage is extinguished for (in favour of) such third person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第378条|Article 378.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A third person who has acquired the ownership, superficies, or emphyteusis of a mortgaged immovable may, in accordance with the provisions of Arts. 382 to 384, remove (purge) the mortgage by tendering and paying to the mortgagee an amount of money which has been assented to by the latter, or by depositing the same (in a Public Deposit Office).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第379条|Article 379.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The principal debtor, the surety, or their successors cannot remove a mortgage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第380条|Article 380.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A third acquirer, subject to a suspensive condition (condition precedent) cannot remove the mortgage during the pendency of the condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 127.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第381条|Article 381.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a mortgagee wishes to enforce the mortgage he must previously notify his intention to the third acquirer mentioned in Art. 378.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第382条|Article 382.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A third acquirer may remove the mortgage at any time until he has received the notification of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the third acquirer has received the notification of the preceding Article, he cannot remove the mortgage unless the service of the following Article is made within one month.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] A third person who has acquired any rights mentioned in Art. 378 subsequent to the notification of the preceding Article, can remove the mortgage only within the period of time during which the third acquirer of the preceding Paragraph can do the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第383条|Article 383.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a third acquirer wishes to remove the mortgage he must serve the following documents upon each registered creditor: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) A document stating the cause and date of acquisition, the full names and domiciles of the assignor and the acquirer, the nature and location of the mortgaged immovable, and the price and other charges borne by the acquirer;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) An extract from the Register relating to the mortgaged immovable ; but the registrations relating to rights which have been already extinguished need not be stated;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) A document stating that if the creditors do not demand , within one month, the sale by auction for a higher price in accordance with the provisions of the following Article, the third acquirer is ready to pay or deposit according to the ranks of the obligations the price mentioned in No. 1 or an amount of money specially fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第384条|Article 384.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a creditor does not, within one month of the service of the preceding Article, demand a sale by auction in order to obtain a higher price, he is deemed to have consented to the offer of the third acquirer.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The sale by auction in order to obtain a higher price must be demanded vis-a-vis the third acquirer with the additional statement that if the mortgaged immovable cannot be sold by auction at a price higher by at least ten per cent. than the sum offered by the third acquirer he himself is ready to purchase the same at a price higher by ten per cent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In the case of the preceding Paragraph the creditor must deposit security for the purchase price and expenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Law of Auction, Chapter 5.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第385条|Article 385.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a creditor demands a sale by auction to obtain a higher price, he must notify the fact to the debtor and the assignor of the mortgaged immovable within the period of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第386条|Article 386.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A creditor who has demanded a sale by auction in order to obtain a higher price cannot annul the demand unless the consent of the other registered creditors is obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第387条|Article 387.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the mortgagee neither receives performance of the obligation nor a notification for the removal from the third acquirer within the period of time fixed in Article 382, he may demand a sale by auction of the mortgaged immovable.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 382 and the Law of Auction, Chapter 3.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第388条|Article 388.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case a piece of land and the building thereon belong to the same owner and either the land or the buildings only are mortgaged, the mortgagor is deemed to have created a superficies in case of a sale by auction. The rent is, however, to be determined by a Court upon the demand of the parties concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 268.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第389条|Article 389.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a mortgagor has, subsequent to the creation of the mortgage, constructed buildings on the mortgaged land, the mortgagee may sell such buildings by auction together with the land; but his preferential right can be exercised only against the proceeds of the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第390条|Article 390.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A third acquirer may be a bidder.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第391条|Article 391.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a third acquirer has defrayed necessary expenses or beneficial expenses with regard to the mortgaged immovable he can obtain, in priority to all others, reimbursement of the same out of the proceeds of the immovable according to the provisions of Art. 196.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 196.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第392条|Article 392.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case a creditor has a mortgage on several immovables as security for the same obligation, in his favour, and the price of all is distributed simultaneously, they share the obligation in proportion to the respective price of each immovable.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the price of a certain immovable only is distributed the mortgagee can obtain performance of the whole of his obligation out of the price. In this case a mortgagee of the second rank can exercise his mortgage by subrogation on the other immovables up to the amount of money the payment of which is obtainable by the first mortgagee in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第393条|Article 393.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who enforces a mortgage by subrogation in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article may have his subrogation additionally noted in the registration of his mortgage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第394条|Article 394.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A mortgagee may obtain performance from the price of the other properties only with regard to that part of the obligation performance of which is not obtained from the price of the immovable mortgaged.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply in case the price of the other properties is to be distributed previous to that of the mortgaged immovable; but any of the other creditors may demand the deposit (in a Deposit Office) of the amount of money to be apportioned to the mortgagee in order to cause him to receive payment in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章02節#第395条|Article 395.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A lease not exceeding the period of time fixed in Art. 602 may be set up against the mortgagee even when it is registered subsequent to the registration of the mortgage; but when the lease is injurious to the mortgagee, a Court may order the cancellation thereof upon his demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 602.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title01&amp;diff=205</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter10 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter10_Title01&amp;diff=205"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter X. Mortgages (HYPOTHECA). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章01節#第369条|Article 369.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A mortgagee has the right of receiving, in preference to other creditors, the performance of an obligation in his favour out of the immovable which has been given as security for the obligation by the debtor or a third person without transferring possession.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A superficies and an emphyteusis can also be made the subject of a mortgage. In this case the provisions of the present Chapter apply mutatis mutandis.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Records of Judgments of the Court of Cassation, February 1902; also Art. 1,113 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章01節#第370条|Article 370.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A mortgage extends to the things which have been joined to the mortgaged immovable and which form one body therewith with the exception of the buildings standing on the mortgaged land. This does not apply, however, where there are special provisions in the act of creation and in case the creditor has the right to annul the acts of the debtor in accordance with the provisions of Art. 424.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1,120 and 1,130 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章01節#第371条|Article 371.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The provisions of the preceding Article do not apply to fruits, except after the mortgaged immovable has been seized, or after a third acquirer has received the notification of Art. 381.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a third acquirer has received the notification of Art. 381 the provisory provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply only when the mortgaged immovable is seized within the following one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 381 and the Code of Civil Procedure, Arts. 714 and 708; also Arts. 1,121 and 1,123 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編10章01節#第372条|Article 372.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts. 296, 304 and 351 apply mutatis mutandis to mortgage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1,123 (1) 1,124 and 1,143 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title04&amp;diff=203</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter09 Title04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title04&amp;diff=203"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IX. Pledge (PIGNUS). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IV. Pledges of Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第362条|Article 362.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A pledge can have a property right for its subject.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] To the pledge of the preceding Paragraph the provisions of the preceding three Sections apply correspondingly in addition to the provisions of the present Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 1273 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第363条|Article 363.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an obligation is made the subject of a pledge, if there is a bond for the obligation the creation of the pledge takes effect by the delivery of such instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 86.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第364条|Article 364.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When an obligation in the name of a specific person is made the subject of a pledge it cannot be set up against a garnishee (dai-san-gimusha) or other third persons unless the creation of the pledge is notified to the garnishee in accordance with the provisions of Art. 467 or unless the latter consents thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph do not apply to name shares.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 467; also Arts. 1274, 1276 and 1280 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第365条|Article 365.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a name (registered) debenture is made the subject of a pledge, it cannot be set up against the company or against other third persons unless the creation of the pledge is entered in the register of the company in accordance with the provisions relating to the assignment of debentures.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第366条|Article 366.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an obligation performable to order is made the subject of a pledge the fact cannot be set up against third persons unless the creation of the pledge is endorsed upon the instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 469; also Art. 1292 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第367条|Article 367.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A pledgee may directly collect an obligation which is the subject of a right of pledge.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the subject of the obligation is money, the pledgee may only collect that part which corresponds to the amount of his obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the performance of the said obligation is due prior to that of the obligation of the pledgee, the latter may cause the third debtor to deposit the amount of money payable to him. In this case the pledge exists over the amount of money deposited.&lt;br /&gt;
* [IV] When the subject of the obligation is not money, the pledgee has a right of pledge over the thing received by way of performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1282 and 1287 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章04節#第368条|Article 368.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee may enforce the pledge by the method of execution fixed in the Code of Civil Procedure in addition to the manner provided in the provisions of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 600, 601, 602 and 613; also Art. 1277 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title03&amp;diff=201</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter09 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title03&amp;diff=201"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IX. Pledge (PIGNUS). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Pledges of Immovables. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第356条|Article 356.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee of an immovable may use and receive the profits from the immovable which is the subject of the pledge according to its use.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 298 and 350.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第357条|Article 357.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee of an immovable is responsible for the payment of the expenses of its management and for all other charges on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第358条|Article 358.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee of an immovable cannot demand interest on his obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第359条|Article 359.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding three Articles do not apply when there are special provisions to the contrary in the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第360条|Article 360.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The period of time of duration of a pledge of an immovable may not exceed ten years. If a right of pledge of an immovable is created for a period of time longer than ten years, the said period of time shall be reduced to ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The creation of a pledge of an immovable may be renewed; but the period of time must not exceed ten years from the date of renewal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章03節#第361条|Article 361.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the following Chapter apply mutatis mutandis to pledges of immovables in addition to the provisions of the present Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title02&amp;diff=199</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter09 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title02&amp;diff=199"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IX. Pledge (PIGNUS). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Pledges of Movables. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章02節#第352条|Article 352.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee of a movable cannot set up his right of pledge against third persons unless he holds continuous possession of the thing pledged.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 178, 192, 181, and 184.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章02節#第353条|Article 353.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the pledgee of a movable has been dispossessed of the thing pledged, he can recover the same only by means of an action for the recovery of possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 197-202; also Art. 1227 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章02節#第354条|Article 354.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the pledgee of a movable does not obtain performance of his obligation, he can, but only when there is a just reason, demand from a Court the immediate appropriation of the thing pledged for the performance according to the valuation of an expert appraiser. In this case, however, the pledgee must previously notify the debtor of the demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Law of Procedure in Non-Contentious Matters, Art. 183.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章02節#第355条|Article 355.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When pledges are created in the same movable for securing several obligations, the ranks of such pledges are determined according to the priority of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 181 and 345; also Art. 1209 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title01&amp;diff=197</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter09 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter09_Title01&amp;diff=197"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IX. Pledge (PIGNUS). ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第342条|Article 342.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A pledgee has the right of possessing the thing received from the debtor or a third person as security for his obligation and of obtaining performance of the obligation out of such thing in preference to other creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1204, 1205, and 1208 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第343条|Article 343.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* No pledge can have as its subject a thing which cannot be assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 362; also Arts. 1274 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第344条|Article 344.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The creation of a pledge takes effect upon the delivery to the creditor of the subject thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 345; also Art. 1205 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第345条|Article 345.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee cannot cause the pledgor to possess (hold) in his place the thing pledged.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference ride Art. 181.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第346条|Article 346.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledge secures the principal, interest and penalty for breach of contract, expenses of enforcement of the pledge, expenses of preservation of the thing pledged, and compensation for damages resulting from non-performance of the obligation or from the hidden (latent) defects of the thing pledged; unless it is otherwise provided in the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 420 and 354; also Art. 1210 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第347条|Article 347.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee can retain the thing pledged until he has obtained performance of the obligation mentioned in the preceding Article; but this right cannot be set up against a creditor who has a preferential right against him.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 330, 334 and 350.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第348条|Article 348.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The pledgee can re-pledge the thing pledged upon his responsibility for a period of time not exceeding the duration of his own right. In this case, however, he is responsible for any loss or damage caused by an irresistible force (vis major) which would not have resulted if the thing had not been re-pledged.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 361 and 375.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第349条|Article 349.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The creator of a pledge cannot, either by the act of creation or by a contract made before the performance of the obligation is due, agree to let the pledgee acquire the ownership of the thing pledged by way of performance, nor promise to allow him to dispose of it in any manner other than is fixed by law.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 579 and the Regulations for the Business of of Pawnbrokers; also Art. 1229 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第350条|Article 350.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts. 296 to 300 and Art. 304 apply mutatis mutandis to a right of pledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1213, 1214 (2) and 1215 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編09章01節#第351条|Article 351.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a person who has created a pledge for securing the obligation of another person, has performed the obligation or has lost the ownership of the thing pledged owing to the enforcement of the pledge, he has the right of demanding compensation from the debtor in accordance with the provisions relating to suretyship.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 459 and 464; also Art. 1225 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title04&amp;diff=195</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title04&amp;diff=195"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IV. Effect of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第333条|Article 333.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferential right cannot be exercised in a movable after the debtor has delivered the movable to a third acquirer.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 304.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第334条|Article 334.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case a preferential right conflicts with a pledge of movables , the pledgee of such movables has the same right as the creditor with preferential right of the first rank mentioned in Art. 330.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 330.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第335条|Article 335.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A creditor possessing a general preferential right obtains the performance out of property other than immovables in the first place and unless it is insufficient he cannot obtain the performance out of immovables.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] With regard to immovables the performance must be obtained in the first place out of those which are not the subjects of special security.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the creditor with a general preferential right has neglected to participate in a distribution in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Paragraphs, he cannot exercise his preferential right against a third person whose right has been registered so far as the amount which he would have obtained by participating in the distribution is concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
* [IV] The provisions of the preceding three Paragraphs do not apply when the proceeds of the immovables are to be distributed before those of other property or when the proceeds of the immovables which are the subjects of special security are to be distributed before those of other immovables.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第336条|Article 336.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* General preferential rights are not prevented from being set up against the creditors who have no special securities even when no registration has been made in respect to an immovable; this does not apply, however, against third persons who have made registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第337条|Article 337.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferential right for the preservation of immovables preserves its validity by being registered immediately after the completion of the act of preservation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第338条|Article 338.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A preferential right for works relating to immovables preserves its validity by the registration being made of the estimated expenses previous to the commencement of such works ; but when the expenses of the work exceed the estimate, no preferential right exists with regard to the said excess.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] with regard to the said The amount of increase in value of an immovable resulting from the work must be appraised by an appraiser appointed by a Court at the time when the distribution is participated in.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 327.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第339条|Article 339.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferential right registered in accordance with the provisions of the preceding two Articles may be exercised in preference to a mortgage.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第340条|Article 340.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferential right for the sale and purchase of immovables preserves its validity by a registration being made simultaneously with the contract of sale and purchase to the effect that the price or the interest thereon is not yet paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章04節#第341条|Article 341.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With regard to the validity of preferential rights besides those fixed in the present Section, the provisions relating to mortgages apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title03&amp;diff=193</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title03&amp;diff=193"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Ranks of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章03節#第329条|Article 329.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case general preferential rights conflict with each other, the ranks of such preferential rights are determined according to the order mentioned in Art. 306.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case a general preferential right conflicts with a special preferential right the latter takes precedence over the former; but the preferential right for expenses for the common benefit has validity of preference against all the creditors who have benefited by them.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 306.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章03節#第330条|Article 330.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When special preferential rights on the same movables conflict with each other, the ranks of such preferential rights are as follows:--&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) Preferential right for the lease of immovables , for lodging at a hotel or an inn and for transportation;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Preferential right for preservation of movables; but when there have been several preservers, a later preserver takes precedence over an earlier one;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Preferential right for the sale and purchase of movables, for the supply of seeds and seedlings or manure and for agricultural and industrial labour.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a creditor with preferential right of the first rank knew at the time when he acquired his obligation of the existence of a creditor with preferential right of the second or third rank he cannot exercise preferential right against the latter. The same applies to a person who has preserved things for the benefit of a creditor of the first rank.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] With regard to fruits, the first rank belongs to the agricultural labourer, the second rank to the supplier of seeds and seedlings or manure, and the third rank to the lessor of the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章03節#第331条|Article 331.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case special preferential rights in the same immovables conflict, the ranks of such preferential rights are determined in the order mentioned in Art. 325.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When there have been successive sales and purchases with regard to the same immovable the ranks of preferential rights among the sellers are determined according to the priority in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 325.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章03節#第332条|Article 332.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there are several creditors with preferential rights of the same rank in the same object, each creditor obtains performance in proportion to the amount of his obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part03&amp;diff=191</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part03&amp;diff=191"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Classes of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part III. Preferential Rights in Immovables. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節03款#第325条|Article 325.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has an obligation in his favour arising from any of the causes mentioned below has a preferential right in specific immovables of the debtor: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) Preservation of immovables;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Works done upon immovables;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Sale and purchase of immovables.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節03款#第326条|Article 326.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right for preservation of immovables exists in the immovables with regard to expenses of preservation of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of Paragraph 2 of Art. 321 apply correspondingly to the case of the preceding Paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Paragraph 2, Art. 321.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節03款#第327条|Article 327.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right for works relating to (done upon ) immovables exists in the immovables with regard to the expenses of works executed by architects, technical experts, and contractors relative to the immovables of the debtor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The preferential right of the preceding Paragraph exists only when the increase in value resulting from the works actually exists and only in the amount of such increased value.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節03款#第328条|Article 328.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for the sale and purchase of immovables exists in the immovables with regard to the price of the immovables and interest thereon.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part02&amp;diff=189</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part02&amp;diff=189"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Classes of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part II. Preferential Rights in Movables. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第311条|Article 311.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has an obligation in his favour arising from any of the causes mentioned below has a preferential right in specially determined (certain particular) movables of the debtor: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) Hiring or letting of immovables;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Lodging at an hotel or inn;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Transportation of travellers or goods and baggage;&lt;br /&gt;
* (4) Negligence of public officials in the performance of their functions;&lt;br /&gt;
* (5) Preservation of movables;&lt;br /&gt;
* (6) Sale and purchase of movables;&lt;br /&gt;
* (7) Supply of seeds and saplings or manure;&lt;br /&gt;
* (8) Agricultural and industrial labour.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第312条|Article 312.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for hiring or letting of immovables exists in the movables of the hirer with regard to the rent of the immovables and other obligations of the hirer arising from the relation of hiring.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第313条|Article 313.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right of the lessor of land exists in the movables placed on the land leased or fitted in the buildings for the utilization thereof, in movables used for the utilization of the land and in the fruits of the land in the possession of the lessee.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The preferential right of the lessor of a building exists in the movables placed in the building by the lessee.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第314条|Article 314.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case a lease is assigned or sub-let, the preferential right of the original lessor extends to the movables of the assignee or the sub-lessee. The same applies to the money receivable by the assignor or the sub-lessor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第315条|Article 315.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of the general liquidation of the property of the lessee, the preferential right of the lessor exists only with regard to the rent and other obligations for the preceding term, the current term, and the succeeding term, and in respect of compensation for damages caused during the preceding term and the current term.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第316条|Article 316.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case the lessor has received a sum of money as security for rent he has a preferential right only with regard to that part of the obligation which is not paid (performed) out of such security money.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第317条|Article 317.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for lodging in a hotel or inn exists over the luggage (or baggage) which is in the hotel or inn in respect to the charges for the lodging and food and drink of the traveller, his attendants, horses and cattle.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第318条|Article 318.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for transportation exists against the luggage (or baggage) which is found in the hands of the carrier with regard to the fare or freight of the traveller or the luggage (or baggage) and for accessory expenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第319条|Article 319.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts . 192 to 195 apply correspondingly to the preferential rights of the preceding seven Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 192-195.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第320条|Article 320.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right against caution money (security money) of public officials exists against the caution money with regard to obligations arising from negligence in the performance of their functions by the public officials who have deposited such caution money.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第321条|Article 321.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right for preservation of movables exists in the movables with regard to the expenses of preservation of the same.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The preferential right of the preceding Paragraph equally exists with regard to the expenses requisite for having the rights relating to the movables preserved, ratified, or enforced.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第322条|Article 322.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for sale and purchase of movables exists in the movables with regard to the price of the movables and interest thereon.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第323条|Article 323.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right for the supply of seeds and young plants or manure exists with regard to the price of the seeds and young plants or manure, and interest thereon, on the fruits proceeding from the land on which they have been used within one year after their use.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The preferential right of the preceding Paragraph equally exists with regard to the supply of silkworm eggs, and of mulberry leaves used for the rearing of silkworms, in the things produced from such silkworm eggs or the mulberry leaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節02款#第324条|Article 324.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for agricultural and industrial labour exists in the fruits or the things manufactured with regard to wages for the past year in case of agricultural labour, and in case of industrial labour with regard to wages for the past three months.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part01&amp;diff=187</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title02 Part01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title02_Part01&amp;diff=187"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Classes of Preferential Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Part I. General Preferential Rights. =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節01款#第306条|Article 306.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who has an obligation in his favour arising from any of the causes mentioned below has a preferential right in the whole property of the debtor: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) Expenses for the common benefit;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Funeral expenses;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Wages of employees;&lt;br /&gt;
* (4) Supplies of daily necessaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節01款#第307条|Article 307.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A preferential right for expenses for the common benefit exists with regard to expenses relating to the preservation, liquidation , or distribution of the property of the debtor which has been done for the common benefit of all the creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] With regard to any of those expenses of the preceding Paragraph which have not been of benefit to all the creditors the preferential right exists only against the creditors who have profited by the expenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節01款#第308条|Article 308.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The preferential right for funeral expenses exists with regard to such funeral expenses as are suitable to the social standing and position enjoyed by the debtor during his life.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The preferential right of the preceding Paragraph equally exists with regard to the expenses of a funeral incurred for a relative who the debtor is bound to support or a member of the household according to his or her social standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節01款#第309条|Article 309.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for wages of employees exists with regard to the wages for the last six months of the employees of the debtor; but the amount thereof must not exceed fifty yen.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章02節01款#第310条|Article 310.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The preferential right for the supply of daily necessaries exists with regard to articles of food and drink, wood and charcoal , and oil and petroleum supplied for the last six months and necessary for the subsistence of the debtor, the relatives who live with him and whom he is bound to support and the members of his household, as well as for the subsistence of his men-servants and maidservants.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title01&amp;diff=185</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter08 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter08_Title01&amp;diff=185"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VIII. Preferential Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. General Provisions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章01節#第303条|Article 303.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A privileged creditor has the right of obtaining the performance of his obligation out of the property of the debtor in preference to other creditors, in accordance with the provisions of this Code and other laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章01節#第304条|Article 304.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A preferential right may be exercised against money or other things which the debtor receives in consequence of the sale, letting, extinction, or damage of its subject; but the privileged creditor must seize (attach) the money or other things previous to the payment or delivery thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The same applies with regard to considerations for real rights created by the debtor in the subject of the preferential right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編08章01節#第305条|Article 305.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Art. 296 apply correspondingly to preferential rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 296.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter07&amp;diff=183</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter07</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter07&amp;diff=183"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VII. Liens. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第295条|Article 295.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the possessor of a thing belonging to another person has an obligation in his favour arising on account of the thing, he may retain the same until the performance of the said obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] This does not apply, however, when the performance of the obligation is not yet due.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第296条|Article 296.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The lien-holder may exercise his right against the whole of the thing retained until performance of the whole of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第297条|Article 297.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The lien-holder may take the fruits proceeding from the thing retained and appropriate them to the performance of his obligation in preference to other creditors.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The fruits of the preceding Paragraph must be first appropriated to the interest on the obligation and then to the principal if there is any remainder.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第298条|Article 298.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The lien-holder must possess the thing retained with the care of a good manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The lien-holder may not, without the consent of the debtor, use, let, or give as a security the thing retained. This does not apply, however, when it is necessary to use it for the preservation thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the lien-holder has violated the provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs, the debtor may demand the extinction of the lien.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第299条|Article 299.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a lien-holder has defrayed necessary expenses with regard to the thing retained he may require the owner to reimburse him.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a lien-holder has incurred beneficial expenses with regard to the thing retained, he may (but only when the increase in value actually exists) demand that the owner either reimburse the amount spent or the increased value according to the latter&#039;s option; but a Court may allow a reasonable term for doing so on the demand of the owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 196.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第300条|Article 300.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The exercise of the right of lien does not prevent the progress of the extinctive prescription of the obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 147.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第301条|Article 301.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The debtor may demand the extinction of the lien upon depositing appropriate security.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編07章#第302条|Article 302.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A lien is extinguished by the loss of possession except when the thing has been let out to hire or pledged in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 2 of Art. 298.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 298.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter06&amp;diff=181</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter06</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter06&amp;diff=181"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VI. Servitudes. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第280条|Article 280.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person entitled to a servitude has the right of using the land of another person for the benefit of his own land in accordance with the object fixed by the act of creation; but he must not violate the provisions relating to public order contained in Section I of Chapter III.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 209, 238; also Arts. 1018 and 1019 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第281条|Article 281.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A servitude is transferred together with the ownership of the dominant land as its accessory, and forms the subject of other rights existing in the dominant land, unless special provisions to the contrary are contained in the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A servitude may neither be assigned nor made the subject of any other right apart from the dominant land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 87.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第282条|Article 282.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] One of the joint owners of land may not cause a servitude existing for or over the land to be extinguished as regards his share.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case of the partition or partial assignment of land, the servitude exists for or on each part except when the servitude relates in its nature to only a part of the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 1025 and 1026 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第283条|Article 283.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Servitudes may not be acquired by prescription with the exception of those which are continuous and visible (apparent).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 163.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第284条|Article 284.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When one of the joint owners acquires a servitude by prescription, the same is also acquired by the other joint owners.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Interruption of prescription does not take effect against the joint owners unless it is made against each joint owner who exercises the servitude.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In case there are several joint owners who exercise a servitude, prescription runs in favour of each joint owner even though there is a cause for suspension of prescription against one of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 148, 159, 164 and 165.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第285条|Article 285.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When water on the servient land subject to a servitude for using water is insufficient for the demand of the dominant and the servient land, it is to be used in the first place for household use and then for other purposes in proportion to the demand of each piece of land, unless it is otherwise provided by the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When several servitudes for the use of water are created over the same servient land, the persons subsequently entitled may not prevent the use of the water by those previously entitled.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 1024 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第286条|Article 286.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the owner of the servient land has by the act of creation or a special contract assumed the obligation of constructing or repairing at his own expense structures for the exercise of the servitude, such obligation also devolves upon his singular successor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第287条|Article 287.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of servient land may at any time free himself from the obligation of the preceding Article by abandoning to the person entitled the ownership of that part of the land necessary for the servitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第288条|Article 288.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The owner of the servient land may, in so far as the exercise of the servitude is not thereby obstructed, use the structures constructed on the servient land for the exercise of the servitude.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph the owner of the servient land must bear a part of the expenses of the construction and preservation of the structures proportionately to the benefit which he derives therefrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 221.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第289条|Article 289.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the possessor of servient land has so possessed the same as to satisfy the conditions required for acquisitive prescription the servitude is extinguished thereby.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 162.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第290条|Article 290.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The extinctive prescription of the preceding Article is interrupted by the person entitled to the servitude exercising his right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 167-174.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第291条|Article 291.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The period of time for extinctive prescription provided in Paragraph 2 of Art. 167 commences to run, with regard to a discontinuous servitude, when it has been exercised for the last time, and with regard to a continuous servitude when a fact has taken place obstructing the exercise thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第292条|Article 292.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case the dominant land belongs to the joint ownership of several persons, if prescription is interrupted or suspended in favour of one of them, such interruption or suspension also takes effect for the benefit of the other joint owners as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第293条|Article 293.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the person entitled to a servitude does not exercise a part of his right, such part only is extinguished by prescription.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 282 and 284.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編06章#第294条|Article 294.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With regard to an iriai-ken not having the nature of joint ownership, the provisions of the present Chapter apply correspondingly except where the custom of each district is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference ride Art. 263.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter05&amp;diff=179</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter05&amp;diff=179"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter V. Emphyteusis. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第270条|Article 270.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An emphyteuta has, in consideration of a rent, the right of carrying on agriculture or stock-farming on the land of another person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 278 and 601.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第271条|Article 271.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The emphyteuta may not make any alteration of the land which will cause permanent damage thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第272条|Article 272.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The emphyteuta may, unless prohibited by the act of creation, transfer his right or let the land for agricultural or stock-farming purposes so long as his right continues.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 601.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第273条|Article 273.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With regard to the obligations of an emphyteuta, the provisions relating to letting and hiring apply correspondingly in addition to those which are fixed in the provisions of the present Chapter and the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 613-615.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第274条|Article 274.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An emphyteuta may not demand the total or partial remission of the rent even when a loss of profits has been suffered in consequence of vis major.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 609.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第275条|Article 275.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An emphyteuta may surrender his right when there have been absolutely no profits for at least three years consecutively in consequence of vis major or when the profits have amounted to less than the rent for at least five years.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 610 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 46.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第276条|Article 276.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When an emphyteuta has failed to pay the rent for at least two consecutive years or has been adjudged bankrupt the landowner may demand the extinction of the emphyteusis.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 621 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 46.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第277条|Article 277.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Should there be a custom differing from the provisions of the preceding six Articles, such custom is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第278条|Article 278.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The period of time for duration of an emphyteusis is fixed at not less than twenty years and not more than fifty years. If an emphyteusis is created for a period of time exceeding fifty years the period of time is reduced to fifty years.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The creation of an emphyteusis may be renewed, but its period of duration may not exceed fifty years from the time of renewal.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] When the period of time for duration of an emphyteusis is not fixed by the act of creation, its period of time is fixed at thirty years unless there is a special custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 268, the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 47, and Law No. 71 the year 1900.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編05章#第279条|Article 279.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Art. 269 apply correspondingly to emphyteuses.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter04&amp;diff=177</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter04&amp;diff=177"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter IV. Superficies. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編04章#第265条|Article 265.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A superficiary has the right of using the land of another person for the purpose of owning thereon structures or trees and bamboos.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 270 and 605; also Art. 1012 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編04章#第266条|Article 266.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the superficiary has to pay a fixed periodical rent to the owner of the land the provisions of Arts . 274 and 276 apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Further, with regard to the rent the provisions relating to contracts of hiring apply correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 613 and 614.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編04章#第267条|Article 267.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of Arts. 209 to 238 apply correspondingly between superficiaries themselves and between a superficiary and a landowner. But the presumption of Art. 229 applies correspondingly to the superficiary only with regard to works constructed subsequent to the creation of the superficies.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 278 and 360; also Art. 1,017 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編04章#第268条|Article 268.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I]  In case the period of time for duration of a superficies has not been fixed by the act of creation, the superficiary can at any time renounce his right, if there is no special custom.  But when a rent is to be paid, either one year&#039;s previous notice must be given or rent for one year paid.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the superficiary does not renounce his right in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Paragraph the Court may, on the demand of the parties concerned, determine its duration within the limits of not less than twenty and not more than fifty years after taking into consideration the nature and condition of the structures or the trees and bamboos and the circumstances existing at the time of the creation of the superficies.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 278 and 360 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 44.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編04章#第269条|Article 269.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The superficiary can, when his right is extinguished, take away his structures or trees and bamboos on restoring the land to its original state; but when the owner of the land gives notice that he desires to purchase them and offers to pay their current value, the superficiary cannot refuse such offer without adequate reason.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If there is a custom different from the provisions of the preceding Paragraph, such custom is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 265.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title03&amp;diff=175</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter03 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title03&amp;diff=175"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter III. Ownership. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Joint Ownership. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第249条|Article 249.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Each joint owner may use, in proportion to his share, the whole of the common property.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 263 and 264; also Art. 743 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第250条|Article 250.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The shares of the different joint owners are presumed to be equal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 249, 253, 255, and 261; also Art. 742 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第251条|Article 251.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* None of the joint owners may make any alteration to the common property without the consent of the other joint owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 745 (3) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第252条|Article 252.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Matters relating to the management of common property are, excepting in the case of the preceding Article, decided by a vote of the majority, each joint owner having the number of votes proportionate to the value of his share, but acts of preservation may be done by either of the joint owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 744 and 745 (1) the German Civil Code).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第253条|Article 253.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Each joint owner is bound to pay the expenses of management and the other charges of the common property in proportion to his share.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] If the obligations of the preceding paragraph are not performed within one year, the other joint owners can acquire his share (the share of the party in default) upon payment of suitable compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 250; also Art. 748 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第254条|Article 254.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An obligation which one of the joint owners possesses with regard to the common property against another joint owner may also be exercised against the latter&#039;s singular successor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 256.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第255条|Article 255.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When one of the joint owners renounces his share or dies without an heir, his share reverts to the other joint owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第256条|Article 256.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Each joint owner can at any time demand the partition of the common property, but a contract may be concluded not to partition it for a period not exceeding five years.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The said contract can be renewed , but the period of time must not exceed five years from the time of the renewal.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 43; also Arts. 749 and 750 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第257条|Article 257.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding Article do not apply to the common property mentioned in Arts. 208 and 229.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第258条|Article 258.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Partition may be demanded by way of an application to a Court if an agreement cannot be arrived at among the joint owners.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding paragraph, if the thing itself cannot be partitioned or if it is apprehended that a considerable depreciation of the value of the common property will take place in consequence of the division, a Court may order its sale by auction.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 752 and 753 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第259条|Article 259.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When one of the joint owners has claims against the other joint owners with regard to the joint ownership, the debtor can be caused to perform the obligation out of that part of the common property which is due to him at the time of the partition.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When it is necessary for obtaining such performance to sell that part of the common property due to the debtor, the creditor can demand the sale thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 253 and 254; also Arts. 755 and 756 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第260条|Article 260.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who has rights in respect to the common property, and the creditors of each joint owner, may intervene at their own expense in the partition thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When partition has been made without waiting for the intervention notwithstanding the demand for the same in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Paragraph, the partition cannot be set up against the person who has demanded the intervention.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第261条|Article 261.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Each joint owner in proportion to his share bears a responsibility of warranty similar to that of a seller with regard to the things which the other joint owners have acquired by the division.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 559-572; also Art. 757 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第262条|Article 262.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the partition is concluded each joint participant must preserve all documents relating to the thing which he has received.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Documents relating to the thing partitioned among all or several the joint owners must be preserved by the person who has received the largest portion of the thing.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] In the case of the preceding paragraph if there is no person who has received a larger portion, the joint participants must, by mutual agreement, determine the person who is to preserve the documents, and if they are unable to agree he is nominated by the Court.&lt;br /&gt;
* [IV] The custodian of the documents must permit the other parties to use the documents upon demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Code of Civil Procedure, Arts. 336 and 343 and the Law Concerning Procedure in Non-Contentious Matters, Art. 80.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第263条|Article 263.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* With regard to an iriai-ken which has the nature of joint ownership, the provisions of the present Section apply in addition to the local customs of each district.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 294.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章03節#第264条|Article 264.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the present Section apply correspondingly to cases where property rights other than ownership are owned by several persons unless otherwise provided by special provisions in laws and ordinances.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 428 and 429.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title02&amp;diff=173</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter03 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title02&amp;diff=173"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter III. Ownership. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Acquisition of Ownership. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第239条|Article 239.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The ownership of ownerless movables is acquired by possessing them with the intention of ownership.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Ownerless immovables belong to the ownership of the National Treasury.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 186 and 185; also Arts. 958 and 928 (2).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第240条|Article 240.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The ownership of a lost article is acquired by the finder if the owner is not ascertained within one year after a public notification has been made in accordance with the provisions of special laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 193; Law Relative to Lost Articles (Law No. 87, year 1899) and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 40; also Arts. 965 and 973 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第241条|Article 241.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The ownership of hidden treasure is acquired by the finder when the owner is not ascertained within six months after public notification has been made in accordance with the provisions of special laws. But with regard to hidden treasure discovered in a thing belonging to another person, the ownership is acquired by the finder and the owner of the thing share and share alike.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide the Law Relative to Lost Articles (Law No. 87, the year 1899) and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code Arts. 40 and 41; also Art. 984 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第242条|Article 242.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of an immovable acquires the ownership of a thing which has been attached thereto as its accessory; but this does not affect the right of another person who has attached the thing by virtue of a title.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 269, 279, 598 and 618 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code Art. 42.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第243条|Article 243.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When several movable things belonging to different owners are so joined to each other that they can no longer be separated without damage, the ownership of the composite thing belongs to the owner of the principal movable. The same applies when separation would entail excessive expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 244 and 248, and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code Art. 42; also Art. 947 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第244条|Article 244.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* If the distinction of principal and accessory cannot be made between the joined movables, the owners of movables jointly own the composite thing in proportion to the respective values of the separate things at the time of adjunction.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 248 and 249-262 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 42 ; also Art. 947 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第245条|Article 245.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding two Articles apply correspondingly when things belonging to different owners are mixed together so as to be no longer distinguishable from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 243, 244 and 248 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 42 ; also Art. 948 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第246条|Article 246.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a person has applied work to a movable thing belonging to another person, the ownership of the thing so worked up belongs to the owner of the material thereof; but when the value of the workmanship greatly exceeds the value of the material, the workman acquires the ownership of the thing.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the workman has supplied a part of the material, he acquires the ownership of the thing only when the value of the material supplied by him, added to the value of the workmanship, exceeds the value of the material supplied by the other person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 247 and 248 and the Law Concerning the Operation of the Civil Code, Art. 42; also Art. 950 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第247条|Article 247.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the ownership of a thing is extinguished in accordance with the provisions of the preceding five Articles all other rights which existed in respect to such thing are also extinguished.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the owner of the said thing becomes the exclusive owner of the thing formed by adjunction, mixture, or the application of workmanship, the rights of the preceding Paragraph exist over the new thing so formed and when he becomes a joint owner thereof, in his share of ownership.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 949 and 950 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章02節#第248条|Article 248.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Any person who has suffered a loss by reason of the application of the preceding six Articles can claim compensation in accordance with the provisions of Arts. 703 and 704.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 951 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title01&amp;diff=171</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter03 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter03_Title01&amp;diff=171"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter III. Ownership. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. Extent of Ownership. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第206条|Article 206.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* An owner has the right of freely using, receiving the profits of, and disposing of the thing owned within the restrictions of laws and ordinances.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 903 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第207条|Article 207.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The ownership of land, within the restrictions of laws and ordinances, extends above and under the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 206; also Art. 905 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第208条|Article 208.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When several persons each own a portion of a building divided into parts, the parts in common use of the building and its accessories are presumed to be jointly owned by them.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The expenses of repairing and other charges for the parts in common use are shared proportionately according to the value of the portion owned by each.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 249-262.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第209条|Article 209.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The owner of land can demand the use of adjacent land within the limits necessary for constructing or repairing fences and walls or buildings on or near the boundary; but he cannot enter the dwelling house of an adjacent owner unless with the latter&#039;s consent.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, if the adjacent owner has sustained damages, he can claim compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 206.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第210条|Article 210.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a piece of land is surrounded by other land and so has no passage to the public road, the owner of such land may pass over the surrounding land in order to reach the public road.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The same applies when there is no outward passage except by a pond, marsh, river, canal, or sea or ocean, or when there is a considerable difference in height between the land and the public road on account of a cliff or bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 211, 212, and 213; also Art. 917 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第211条|Article 211.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In the case of the preceding Article the place and method of passage must be so chosen as to meet the needs of the person who is entitled to the right of passage and yet cause as little damage as possible to the surrounding land.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The person who has the right of passage may construct a road when it is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 917 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第212条|Article 212.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The person who is entitled to the right of passage must pay compensation for any injury caused to the land passed over. But the compensation can be paid annually excepting that for the damages caused by the construction of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 917 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第213条|Article 213.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When, in consequence of partition, a plot of land comes into being which has no passage to the public road, the owner of such piece of land may pass to the public road only through the piece of land owned by the other co-partitioners. In this case he need not pay any compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply correspondingly when the owner of a piece of land has assigned a part thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art 210; also Art. 918 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第214条|Article 214.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of land cannot prevent water from naturally flowing in from adjacent land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 218.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第215条|Article 215.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the course of water is obstructed upon a lower piece of land by accident, the owner of the higher land may, at his own expense, construct works necessary for its discharge.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 216 and 217.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第216条|Article 216.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When owing to the rupture or obstruction of works constructed on &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; piece of land for collecting, draining, or conducting water, damage has been caused or is in danger of being caused to &amp;quot;B&amp;quot; piece of land, the owner of &amp;quot;B&amp;quot; piece of land can cause the owner of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; piece of land to make repairs or drain off the water or to construct preventative works if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 217; also Art. 908 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第217条|Article 217.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In the case of the preceding two Articles, when there is a special custom with regard to the incidence of expenses such custom is followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 215 and 216.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第218条|Article 218.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of land cannot construct roofs or other structures which cause rain water to fall directly upon adjacent land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 214.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第219条|Article 219.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The owner of the bed of a canal or other water course cannot change the course of water or the width of the bed when the land on the opposite shore belongs to another person.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the land on both shores belongs to the owner of the bed of the watercourse, he can change the course of water or the width, but the water must be restored to its natural course at its lower mouth.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] If there is a custom different from the provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs, such custom is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第220条|Article 220.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of higher land may conduct water through lower land for the purpose of draining land under water (marsh land) or of discharging superfluous water in household, agricultural or industrial use until it reaches a public highway, a public stream, or a drain, but he must so select the place and method as to cause the least possible damage to the lower piece of land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 214 and 218.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第221条|Article 221.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The owner of a piece of land can, for the purpose of conducting the water on his land, use the works constructed by the owner of a higher or lower piece of land.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In the case of the preceding Paragraph, a person who uses the works of another person must bear the expenses of their construction and preservation in proportion to the benefit he derives therefrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 220 and 214.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第222条|Article 222.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The owner of the bed of a watercourse may, when it is necessary to construct a dam, rest the dam on the opposite shore, but he must pay compensation for any damages which may arise in consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The owner of the opposite shore may use the said dam when a part of the bed of the water course belongs to him, but he must bear a share of the expenses in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 219.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第223条|Article 223.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The owner of a piece of land may, at the joint expense of himself and the owner of the adjacent land, construct a thing indicating the boundary.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 242; also Art. 919 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第224条|Article 224.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The expenses of constructing and pre serving the boundary marks are to be borne in equal shares by adjacent owners , but the expenses of measurement (survey) are to be borne in shares proportionate to the extent of the area of each piece of land.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 919 (3) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第225条|Article 225.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When two buildings belonging to different owners are separated by a piece of unoccupied land, either owner can construct a fence on the boundary line at the common expense of both owners.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the parties concerned cannot come to an agreement, the fence of the preceding Article shall be of wood or bamboo and six shaku (feet) in height.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 226-228.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第226条|Article 226.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The expenses of constructing and preserving the fence are to be borne in equal shares by the adjacent owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 228; also Art. 922 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第227条|Article 227.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* One of the adjacent owners may construct a fence of a better material or of a greater height than fixed in Paragraph 2 of Art. 225, but he must bear the consequent increase of expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 228.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第228条|Article 228.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is a custom differing from the provisions of the preceding three Articles, such custom is to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 225-227.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第229条|Article 229.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The boundary marks, fences, walls and ditches constructed on the boundary line are presumed to belong in common to the adjacent owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 230; also Art. 921 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第230条|Article 230.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] The provisions of the preceding Article do not apply to a wall which stands on a boundary line and which forms a part of one of the buildings.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The same rule applies to that part of a wall between two buildings of unequal height which rises above (overtops) the lower building. But this does not apply to walls built for the prevention of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 229 ; also Art. 921 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第231条|Article 231.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] One of the adjacent owners may increase the height of the wall jointly owned, but if the wall cannot support the strain of the superstructure he must strengthen or re-construct the wall at his own expense.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The additional part of the wall increased in height in accordance with the preceding Paragraph is exclusively owned by the person who has constructed it.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 229 and 232.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第232条|Article 232.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of the preceding Article, when the adjacent owner has suffered damage he can demand compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 231.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第233条|Article 233.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the branches of trees and bamboos on adjacent land encroach over the boundary line, the owner of such trees and bamboos can be caused to lop off the branches.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the roots of trees and bamboos on adjacent land encroach across the boundary line they can be cut off.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 910 of the German Civil Code)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第234条|Article 234.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In constructing a building, a distance of at least one shaku five sun (eighteen inches) must be left from the boundary line.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When any person is about to construct a building contrary to the provisions of the preceding Paragraph, the owner of the adjacent land may cause him to abandon or modify the construction; but after one year has elapsed from the commencement of the construction, or after the building is finished, only compensation for damages can be demanded.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 201 and 236; also Art. 907 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第235条|Article 235.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Any person who constructs at a distance of less than three shaku (feet) from the boundary line a window or a verandah which overlooks the grounds of another person must attach a screen (mekakushi) thereto.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The distance of the preceding Paragraph is measured from that point of the window or verandah which is nearest to the adjacent land in a straight line to the boundary line.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 236; also Art. 912 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第236条|Article 236.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When there are customs different from the provisions of the preceding two Articles such customs are to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 234 and 235.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第237条|Article 237.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In digging a well , a cistern, a cesspool, or a receptacle for manure , a distance of at least six shaku must be left from the boundary line, and in digging a pond, a cellar or a water-closet vault, at least three shaku.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In laying waterpipes under ground or digging ditches, a distance of at least one half of its depth must be left from the boundary line ; but it need not exceed three shaku.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 238; also Art. 909 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編03章01節#第238条|Article 238.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the works of the preceding Article are made in the neighbourhood of a boundary line, necessary precautions must be taken in order to prevent the collapse of earth and sand or the infiltration of water or filthy liquids.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 909 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title04&amp;diff=169</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter02 Title04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title04&amp;diff=169"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Possessory Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title IV. Quasi-Possession. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章04節#第205条|Article 205.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the present Chapter apply correspondingly to cases where property rights are exercised with the intention of so doing on one&#039;s own account.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 180-202.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title03&amp;diff=167</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter02 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title03&amp;diff=167"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Possessory Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Extinction of Possessory Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章03節#第203条|Article 203.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A possessory right is extinguished when the possessor renounces the intention to possess or when he loses the detention of the thing possessed; but this does not apply when the possessor brings an action for the recovery of possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 180 and 201; also Arts. 856 (1) and 940 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章03節#第204条|Article 204.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] In case a thing is possessed or held through a representative, the possessory right is extinguished from any of the following causes: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) When the principal renounces the intention to have the representative hold possession;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) When the representative expresses to his principal the intention to hold the thing possessed for himself or for a third person in future;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) When the representative has lost the detention of the thing possessed.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A possessory right is not extinguished through mere extinction of the powers of representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 181-184.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title02&amp;diff=165</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter02 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title02&amp;diff=165"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Possessory Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Validity of Possessory Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第188条|Article 188.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A possessor is presumed to lawfully have the right exercised over the thing possessed.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 1006 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第189条|Article 189.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A possessor in good faith acquires the fruits produced by the thing possessed.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When a possessor in good faith fails in a petitory action he is deemed to be a possessor in bad faith from the time of the commencement of the action.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 88, 89, 186 and Paragraph 2 of Art. 190; also Arts. 955 and 987 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第190条|Article 190.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A possessor in bad faith is under obligation to restore the fruits and compensate the value of the fruits which have been consumed, damaged through his fault, or which he has neglected to reap.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding Paragraph apply correspondingly to the possessor by force (violence) or in secret.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 88, 89, 186, and 709; also Arts. 987 (2), 989 and 990 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第191条|Article 191.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When the thing possessed is lost or damaged from a cause for which the possessor is responsible, the possessor, if in bad faith, is under obligation to compensate the damages in their entirety vis-a-vis the person who recovers it, or, in good faith, in so far as he is actually enriched through the loss or damage. But a possessor without the intention of holding as owner is required to compensate the damages in their entirety even when he is in good faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 121 , 415, and 709.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第192条|Article 192.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who peacefully and publicly commences the possession of a movable immediately acquires the right exercised over the movable, if he is in good faith and faultless.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 193, 194, and 195 and the Law concerning the operation of the Civil Code, Art. 39; also Arts. 932 and 1207 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第193条|Article 193.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of the preceding Article, if the thing possessed is a stolen or lost article, the sufferer or loser can demand from the possessor the recovery of the thing within two years from the time of the theft or loss.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 194 and 192; also Arts. 935 and 1006 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第194条|Article 194.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a possessor has purchased an article stolen or lost, in good faith, at auction or in a public market or of a trader dealing in similar things, the injured party or loser cannot reclaim such thing unless he reimburses the price paid for it by the possessor.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 193; also Art. 935 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第195条|Article 195.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* A person who possesses an animal, other than a domestic animal, formerly kept by another person acquires the right exercised over the animal, if he was in good faith at the beginning of the possession and if recovery is not demanded by the owner of the animal within one month of the time when it escaped.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 192; also Arts. 935 (2) and 960 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第196条|Article 196.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a possessor restores the thing possessed he can cause the person recovering it to reimburse to him the amount of money spent for the preservation of such thing and other necessary outlay. But in case the possessor has acquired the fruits, the ordinary necessary expenses must be borne by him.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] With regard to the amount of money spent for the improvement of the thing possessed and other beneficial expenses, in case an increase in value still actually exists, the possessor is entitled to reimbursement either of the amount of money expended or the increase of value at the option of the person recovering. But with regard to a possessor in bad faith, a Court can, upon the demand of the party recovering, grant a reasonable period of grace for the reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 191, and Arts. 295-302; also Arts. 994 and 996 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第197条|Article 197.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Article 197.-A possessor can bring a possessory action in accordance with the provisions of the following five Articles. The same applies to a person who holds possession for another.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 198-202.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第198条|Article 198.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a possessor is disturbed in his possession he can demand suspension of the disturbance and compensation for damages by an action for the maintenance of possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 201; also Art. 862 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第199条|Article 199.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a possessor is in danger of being disturbed in his possession, he can demand either the prevention of the disturbance or security for compensation for damages by bringing an action for the preservation of possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 201.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第200条|Article 200.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When a possessor is forcibly dispossessed, he can demand the restoration of the thing and compensation for damages by an action for the recovery of possession.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] An action for the recovery of possession cannot be brought against a special successor of the usurper unless the successor had knowledge of the fact of usurpation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 201; also Art. 861 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第201条|Article 201.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An action for the maintenance of possession must be brought during the continuance of the disturbance or within one year after it has ceased to exist. But in case damage has been caused to the thing possessed owing to works (constructions), the action cannot be brought when one year has elapsed from the commencement of the works, or after such works have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] An action for the preservation of possession can be brought so long as the danger of disturbance exists; but when it is apprehended that damages may be caused to the thing possessed owing to works (constructions) the proviso of the preceding Paragraph applies correspondingly.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] An action for the recovery of possession must be brought within one year from the time of usurpation.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 864 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章02節#第202条|Article 202.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A possessory action and a petitory action do not interfere with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A possessory action cannot be adjudged upon grounds relating to the principal right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 198-200 and the Code of Civil Procedure Art. 191.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title01&amp;diff=163</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter02 Title01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter02_Title01&amp;diff=163"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter II. Possessory Rights. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title I. Acquisition of Possessory Rights. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第180条|Article 180.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Possessory rights are acquired by holding things with the intention of so doing on one&#039;s own account.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 85, and Art. 38 of the Law concerning the operation of the Civil Code; also Art. 854 (1) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第181条|Article 181.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Possessory rights can be acquired through a representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 99, 100, 103, and 204.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第182条|Article 182.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Transfers of possessory rights are effected by the delivery of the things possessed.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the transferees and their representatives actually hold the things possessed, the transfers of possessory rights can be made by a mere expression of intention between the parties concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (vide Art. 854 (2) of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第183条|Article 183.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When a representative expresses an intention that the thing possessed by himself shall thenceforward be possessed on behalf of his principal, the latter thereby acquires the possessory right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 108 and Paragraph 2 of Art. 182.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第184条|Article 184.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* In case a thing is held through a representative, if the principal directs the representative to possess the thing on behalf of a third person in future and such third person consents thereto, he (the third person) acquires the possessory right.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 104.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第185条|Article 185.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* When, from the nature of his title, the possessor must be considered as having no intention of being an owner, the possession does not change its nature unless the possessor expresses the intention of ownership vis-a-vis the person who has put it in his possession, or re-commences the possession with the intention of ownership by a new title.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 162.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第186条|Article 186.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A possessor is presumed to possess in good faith, peacefully and publicly, and with the intention of holding as owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When the first and last terms of possession are proved, his possession is presumed to have continued during the interval.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 162, 163, 164, 167-174, 189, 190 and 192; also Art. 938 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編02章01節#第187条|Article 187.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who succeeds to a possessor can, at his option, assert either his possession only, or his possession together with that of the predecessor.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] In case the possession of the predecessor is asserted together with his own he also succeeds to its defects.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 162 , 163, and 167-174 ; also Arts. 858 (2) and 943 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter01&amp;diff=161</id>
		<title>Book2 Chapter01</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book2_Chapter01&amp;diff=161"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK II. REAL RIGHTS. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter I. General Provisions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編01章#第175条|Article 175.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Real rights other than those specified in this Code and other laws cannot be originated.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 35 and 36 of the Regulations for the Application of the Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編01章#第176条|Article 176.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The creation and transfer of real rights take effect from the mere expression of intention of the parties concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 873, 875 (1) and 877 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編01章#第177条|Article 177.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The acquisition and loss and alteration of real rights relating to immovables cannot be set up against third persons unless the registration is made in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Law.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 37 of the Law concerning the operation of the Civil Code ; also Art. 877 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編01章#第178条|Article 178.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Transfers of real rights relating movables cannot be set up against third persons unless the movables are delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[2編01章#第179条|Article 179.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] When the ownership of, and any other real right with regard to one and the same thing belongs to one and the same person, the real right is extinguished. This does not apply, however, when the thing or the real right is the object of a right of a third person.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] When any real right, except ownership, and another right whose object consists of such real right, belong to one and the same person, such right is extinguished. The provision of the preceding Paragraph applies correspondingly to this case.&lt;br /&gt;
* [III] The provisions of the preceding two Paragraphs do not apply to possessory rights .&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Arts. 889 and 1256 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter06_Title03&amp;diff=159</id>
		<title>Book1 Chapter06 Title03</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter06_Title03&amp;diff=159"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.googleusercontent.com/books/content?req=AKW5Qaco2u_7o4s1W9cpadXDUtGbZkAuR_hHaQut6gjMlHvpalYykLnWv9f4Se0t3MQl1w-37vgbNh3RpR-0H2gY79Kw-BXR_XwNbI2_07Ni6jE2du6hFhkb2_6Zcx6vo7hIRDEvBaqv_NJYiIEWLMX5CXedpyVHv6Q1P6_SNHW2AMnMg--1Xj0Ma7YKzOEFwCf5eipTlzsVjsM41xtvh_X1O_RrMd8Y9Ebf6Jb2tUotn5zEDT2Ub6zMUBTkjx0cyeEie5_LhQhZqjZ6BGRGdZc8LKx_lg_ErQ Volume 1], [https://books.googleusercontent.com/books/content?req=AKW5QaegI9wCPWpTOlRnoXqNiWluPaRBge3h2jiZ4P6RT3vlXX2uuodWLM1wmQD9ChbyhIMEd_9fL1rjRdq_Qan7QaFFtImPd35p7fVLtS0rBLtdUNaElguxKTrQQWPUMLRebyfIBNYJurr_1a43oWPMStnSPI6kOwm1GeZNrG9lvUcqbPCIIGdjJquVxCu5q0JMA2J8s8U2IESFOgGiiZlGuoDmM-Cm-w7rZ0KY5mX1OWDRYb02fCSrXKNg8Ai2fEHqr2Nwqh0_NBf79Mpg698bFzxYpRWNrZkJSErngyAkNcQP0E6IaIw Volume 2], [https://books.googleusercontent.com/books/content?req=AKW5Qacq7TF7BZ2Mva0Onc_JRMYJQAXz2U3dbhekJ2fpnfo6zNTJJZpteiQ0TcjZi8lsq5E1m1uvE-axTCy2UPUtAHFeQSHkPYX-oJn_myICOZuf0Fl2ks1hOI1gpjOofsfMKYMJOmHXS25oFgt2JsUJ7P7uA2yz9NMH2g5rV-7wW_ayQGdgc6-xDPutfq0pNHl1zOn7L2veE-eaUcc37GqRGAITIMVwKyUcr1iG5_6K0BeHPUw-JstIcIdQmO2r8ZsXa4K75kcDNaGa-N9tpCIDS4z8Arftpw Volume 3], [https://archive.org/details/annotatedcivilco0000japa/page/n5/mode/2up Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VI. Prescription. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title III. Extinctive Prescription. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第166条|Article 166.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Extinctive prescription commences to run from the moment when the exercise of the right becomes possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The provisions of the preceding paragraph do not prevent acquisitive prescription from commencing to run from the time of possession, in favour of a third person who possesses the object of a right subject to a time of commencement or to a condition precedent, but the owner of the right can at any time demand an acknowledgment from the possessor in order to interrupt prescription.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Paragraph 1 of Art. 127, Paragraph 1 of Art. 135, Arts. 185, 291, 300, 397 and 724 ; also Art. 198 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第167条|Article 167.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] An obligation is extinguished if it is not exercised for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] Property rights other than obligations and ownership are extinguished if not exercised for twenty years.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 291 , 289, 295, 300, 303, 347 , 396, and 397; also Arts. 194 and 195 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第168条|Article 168.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] Obligations of periodical payments are extinguished if not exercised for twenty years from the time for the first payment. The same applies when they are not exercised for ten years from the time for the last payment.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] The creditor of an obligation of periodical payments can demand from the debtor a written acknowledgment at any time in order to obtain proof of the interruption of prescription.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide No. 3 of Art. 147 and Art. 689 et seq; also Art. 197 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第169条|Article 169.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Obligations of which the object is payment or delivery (prestation) of money or other things fixed by the year or a shorter period of time are extinguished if not exercised for five years.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (none)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第170条|Article 170.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The obligations mentioned below are extinguished if not exercised for three years.&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) Obligations relating to physicians, mid-wives, and pharmacists (apothecaries) for attendance (treatment), services, and medicines;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Obligations relating to the work of technical experts (engineers, architects, etc.), carpenters, and contractors; but in this case prescription commences to run when the works they have undertaken are finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 196 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第171条|Article 171.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Lawyers, after the lapse of three years from the conclusion of the suits, and public notaries and bailiffs (process-servers) after the lapse of three years from the time of execution of their professional duties, are exempted from responsibility with regard to documents which they have received in the exercise of their professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide Art. 196 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第172条|Article 172.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Obligations relating to the professional duties of lawyers, public notaries, and bailiffs (process-servers) are extinguished if not exercised for two years from the conclusion of the matters which form the cause thereof. But, even within the said term, when five years have elapsed from the termination of each particular fact in such matter, the obligation is extinguished with regard to such fact.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide German Civil Code Art. 196.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第173条|Article 173.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The obligations mentioned below are extinguished if they are not exercised for two years: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) The prices of produce and merchandise sold by producers, wholesale traders or retail traders;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) Obligations relating to the services of artisans working at home and manufacturers;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Obligations of proprietors of schools or boarding schools, or of masters or teachers relating to the charges for the education, clothing, board and lodging of pupils and apprentices.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide German Civil Code Art. 196.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章03節#第174条|Article 174.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The obligations mentioned below are extinguished if not exercised for one year: -&lt;br /&gt;
* (1) The salaries of employees fixed by the month or a shorter period of time;&lt;br /&gt;
* (2) The wages of laborers and public performers and the prices of things supplied by them;&lt;br /&gt;
* (3) Freight;&lt;br /&gt;
* (4) Charges for lodging, food and drinks , charges for the hire of rooms and seats, admittance fees, prices of articles for consumption and advances of money in inns, restaurants, hired rooms and places of amusement;&lt;br /&gt;
* (5) Hire of movables.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (Vide German Civil Code Art. 196.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter06_Title02&amp;diff=157</id>
		<title>Book1 Chapter06 Title02</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://openlegaltextbook.ddns.net/Codes/1896_ja_zgb/index.php?title=Book1_Chapter06_Title02&amp;diff=157"/>
		<updated>2025-05-02T14:07:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Codesuser: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= JAPANESE CIVIL CODE OF 1896 =&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Based on the English Translation by:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1909 – 1910).&#039;&#039; Annotated Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on Google Books and Archive.org: [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=IJ89AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 1], [https://books.google.co.th/books?id=-5hBAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=th&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false Volume 2], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/7_oqAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 3], [https://www.google.co.th/books/edition/Annotated_Civil_Code_of_Japan/3_8qAQAAMAAJ?hl=th&amp;amp;gbpv=0 Volume 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;INDEX TO ARTICLES&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; in his another work offers additional information: &#039;&#039;J. E. de Becker (1921).&#039;&#039; The Principles and Practice of Civil Code of Japan. London: Butterworth &amp;amp; Co. [Available on [https://archive.org/details/cu31924025036025/mode/2up Archive.org]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[明治29年法律第89号|Original Version in Japanese.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BOOK I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter VI. Prescription. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Title II. Acquisitive Prescription. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章02節#第162条|Article 162.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* [I] A person who has peacefully and publicly possessed a thing belonging to another during twenty years with the intention of ownership acquires the ownership thereof.&lt;br /&gt;
* [II] A person who has possessed an immovable belonging to another person peacefully and publicly during ten years with the intention of ownership acquires the ownership thereof provided that he acted in good faith and was without fault at the beginning of the possession.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 140 - 143, 180, 185, 187 and 192; also Art. 937 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章02節#第163条|Article 163.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* Any person who has peacefully and publicly exercised property rights other than ownership with the intention of so doing on his own account, acquires such rights after twenty years or ten years in accordance with the distinction of the preceding Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Arts. 192, 205 and 399.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章02節#第164条|Article 164.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The prescription of Article 162 is interrupted when the possessor has voluntarily suspended his possession or has been dispossessed by another person.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 148, Paragraph 1 of Art. 200, Paragraph 3 of Art. 201 and Art. 203; also Art. 940 of the German Civil Code.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== &#039;&#039;&#039;[[1編06章02節#第165条|Article 165.]]&#039;&#039;&#039; ======&lt;br /&gt;
* The provisions of the preceding Article apply correspondingly with regard to the case contemplated in Article 163.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;《References by de Becker》&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* (In reference vide Art. 190.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Codesuser</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>